BA01567D/06/EN/02.21
71506060
2021-01-01

Products

Solutions

Valid as of version
01.00.zz (Device firmware)

Operating Instructions
Proline Promass Q 500
Coriolis flowmeter
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Keep cover

arealive
uits

Nic
u
ht

nte

r

Keep cov

er tight

circ

Spa
nnu

ng

öff
ne

n

hile
tw
gh

ti

Services

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus• Make sure the document is stored in a safe place such that it is always available whenworking on or with the device.
• To avoid danger to individuals or the facility, read the "Basic safety instructions" section
carefully, as well as all other safety instructions in the document that are specific toworking procedures.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser Sales Center will supply you with current information and updates tothese instructions.

2

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table of contents

Table of contents
1

About this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

6Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

1.1
1.2

6.1

1.4

Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.1 Safety symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.2 Electrical symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.3 Communication symbols . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.4 Tool symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2.5 Symbols forcertain types of information . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2.6 Symbols in graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3.1 Standard documentation . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3.2 Supplementary device-dependent
documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7

Requirements for the personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Workplace safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
IT security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Device-specific IT security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.7.1 Protecting access via hardware write
protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.7.2 Protecting access via a password . . . . 11
2.7.3 Access via Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

6.3

Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.1.1 Mounting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.1.2 Environmental and process
requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.1.3 Special mounting instructions . . . . . . 24
Mounting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6.2.1 Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6.2.2 Preparing the measuring device . . . . . 27
6.2.3 Mounting the measuring device . . . . . 27
6.2.4 Mounting the transmitter housing:
Proline 500 – digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
6.2.5 Mounting the transmitter housing:
Proline 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6.2.6 Turning the transmitter housing:
Proline 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6.2.7 Turning the display module: Proline
500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

7

Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

7.1

3

Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

7.2

3.1

Product design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1.1 Proline 500 – digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1.2 Proline 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

4

Incoming acceptance and productidentification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

4.1
4.2

Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.2.1 Transmitter nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.2.2 Sensor nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.2.3 Symbols on measuring device . . . . . . 19

7.6
7.7

Connection conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
7.1.1 Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
7.1.2 Requirements for connecting cable . . . 33
7.1.3 Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
7.1.4 Device plugs available . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
7.1.5 Pin assignment of device plug . . . . . . 38
7.1.6 Shielding and grounding . . . . . . . . . . 38
7.1.7 Preparing the measuring device . . . . . 39
Connecting the measuring device: Proline
500 - digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7.2.1 Connecting the connecting cable . . . . 40
7.2.2 Connecting the signal cable and the
supply voltage cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Connecting the measuring device: Proline
500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
7.3.1 Connecting the connecting cable . . . . 47
7.3.2 Connecting the signal cable and the
supply voltage cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Ensuring potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . 53
7.4.1 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Special connection instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.5.1 Connection examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Ensuring the degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . 57
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

8

Operation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

8.1
8.2

Overview of operation options . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structure and function of the operating
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.1 Structure of the operating menu . . . .
8.2.2 Operating philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3

5

Storage and transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

5.1
5.2

Storage conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Transporting the product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.2.1 Measuring devices without lifting
lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.2.2 Measuring devices with lifting lugs . . 21
5.2.3 Transporting with a fork lift . . . . . . . . 21
Packaging disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

5.3

Endress+Hauser

6.2

7.3

7.4
7.5

58
59
59
60

3

Table of contents

8.3

8.4

8.5

Access to the operating menu via the local
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
8.3.1 Operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
8.3.2 Navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
8.3.3 Editing view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
8.3.4 Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
8.3.5 Opening the context menu . . . . . . . . . 67
8.3.6 Navigating and selecting from list . . . 69
8.3.7 Calling the parameter directly . . . . . . 69
8.3.8 Calling up help text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
8.3.9 Changing the parameters . . . . . . . . . 70
8.3.10 User roles and related accessauthorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
8.3.11 Disabling write protection via accesscode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
8.3.12 Enabling and disabling the keypadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Access to the operating menu via the Webbrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.4.1 Function range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.4.2 Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
8.4.3 Establishing a connection . . . . . . . . . 74
8.4.4 Logging on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
8.4.5 User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
8.4.6 Disabling the Web server . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.4.7 Logging out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Access to the operating menu via theoperating tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
8.5.1 Connecting the operating tool . . . . . . 79
8.5.2 Field Xpert SFX350, SFX370 . . . . . . . 82
8.5.3 FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8.5.4 DeviceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.5.5 AMS Device Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.5.6 Field Communicator 475 . . . . . . . . . . 84

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.5.8 Configuring the current output . . . . 101
10.5.9 Configuring the pulse/frequency/
switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
10.5.10 Configuring the relay output . . . . . . 111
10.5.11 Configuring the local display . . . . . . 113
10.5.12 Configuring the low flow cut off . . . . 116
10.5.13 Configuring the partial filled pipe
detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
10.6 Advanced settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
10.6.1 Using the parameter to enter theaccess code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
10.6.2 Calculated values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
10.6.3 Carrying out a sensor adjustment . . . 120
10.6.4 Configuring the totalizer . . . . . . . . . 121
10.6.5 Carrying out additional display
configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
10.6.6 WLAN configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
10.6.7 Configuration management . . . . . . . 127
10.6.8 Using parameters for device
administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
10.7 Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
10.8 Protecting settings from unauthorized access 132
10.8.1 Write protection via access code . . . 132
10.8.2 Write protection via write protection
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
10.8.3 Write protection via block operation 135

11

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

9System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

9.1

Overview of device description files . . . . . . . . . 85
9.1.1 Current version data for the device . . . 85
9.1.2 Operating tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Cyclic data transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9.2.1 Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9.2.2 Description of the modules . . . . . . . . 86
9.2.3 Execution times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
9.2.4 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Reading the device locking status . . . . . . . . . 136
Adjusting the operating language . . . . . . . . . 136
Configuring the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Reading measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
11.4.1 "Measured variables" submenu . . . . . 137
11.4.2 "Totalizer" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
11.4.3 "Input values" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 139
11.4.4 Output values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
11.5 Adapting the measuring device to the process
conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
11.6 Performing a totalizer reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
11.6.1 Function scope of the "Control
Totalizer" parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
11.6.2 Function scope of the "Reset all
totalizers" parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
11.7 Showing data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

12

10.1 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
10.2 Switching on the measuring device . . . . . . . . . 91
10.3 Connecting via FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
10.4 Setting the operating language . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
10.5 Configuring the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . 92
10.5.1 Defining the tag name . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
10.5.2 Setting the system units . . . . . . . . . . 93
10.5.3 Selecting and setting the medium . . . 96
10.5.4 Configuring the analog inputs . . . . . . 98
10.5.5 Displaying the I/O configuration . . . . 98
10.5.6 Configuring the current input . . . . . . 99
10.5.7 Configuring the status input . . . . . . 100

12.1
12.2

9.2

10

4

11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4

Diagnostics and troubleshooting . . 147

General troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Diagnostic information via light emitting
diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
12.2.1 Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
12.2.2 Sensor connection housing . . . . . . . 151
12.3 Diagnostic information on local display . . . . . 153
12.3.1 Diagnostic message . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
12.3.2 Calling up remedial measures . . . . . 155
12.4 Diagnostic information in the Web browser . 155
12.4.1 Diagnostic options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
12.4.2 Calling up remedy information . . . . 156

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

12.5

Diagnostic information in FieldCare or
DeviceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
12.5.1 Diagnostic options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
12.5.2 Calling up remedy information . . . . 157
12.6 Adapting the diagnostic information . . . . . . 158
12.6.1 Adapting the diagnostic behavior . . . 158
12.6.2 Adapting the status signal . . . . . . . . 158
12.7 Overview of diagnostic information . . . . . . . 162
12.7.1 Diagnostic of sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
12.7.2 Diagnostic of electronic . . . . . . . . . . 165
12.7.3 Diagnostic of configuration . . . . . . . 171
12.7.4 Diagnostic of process . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
12.8 Pending diagnostic events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
12.9 Diagnostic messages in the DIAGNOSTIC
Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
12.10 Diagnostic list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
12.11 Event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
12.11.1 Reading out the event logbook . . . . . 185
12.11.2 Filtering the event logbook . . . . . . . 186
12.11.3 Overview of information events . . . . 186
12.12 Resetting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . 187
12.12.1 Function scope of the "Restart"
parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
12.12.2 Function scope of the "Service reset"
parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
12.13 Device information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
12.14 Firmware history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

13

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

13.1
13.2
13.3

Maintenance tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
13.1.1 Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Measuring and test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Endress+Hauser services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

14

Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Table of contents

16.3 Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
16.4 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
16.5 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
16.6 Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
16.7 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
16.8 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
16.9 Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
16.10 Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
16.11 Human interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
16.12 Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
16.13 Application packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
16.14 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
16.15 Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

14.1

General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
14.1.1 Repair and conversion concept . . . . . 192
14.1.2 Notes for repair and conversion . . . . 192
14.2 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
14.3 Endress+Hauser services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
14.4 Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
14.5 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
14.5.1 Removing the measuring device . . . . 193
14.5.2 Disposing of the measuring device . . 193

15

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4

Device-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
15.1.1 For the transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
15.1.2 For the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Communication-specific accessories . . . . . . . 195
Service-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
System components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

16

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

16.1
16.2

Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Function and system design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Endress+Hauser

5About this document

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1

About this document

1.1

Document function

These Operating Instructions contain all the information that is required in various phasesof the life cycle of the device: from product identification, incoming acceptance andstorage, to mounting, connection, operation and commissioning through totroubleshooting, maintenance and disposal.

1.2

Symbols

1.2.1

Safety symbols

DANGER

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result inserious or fatal injury.
WARNING

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inserious or fatal injury.
CAUTION

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inminor or medium injury.
NOTICE

This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result inpersonal injury.

1.2.2

Electrical symbols
SymbolMeaning
Direct current
Alternating current
Direct current and alternating current
Ground connection
A grounded terminal which, as far as the operator is concerned, is grounded via agrounding system.
Protective Earth (PE)A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any otherconnections.
The ground terminals are situated inside and outside the device:• Inner ground terminal: Connects the protectiv earth to the mains supply.
• Outer ground terminal: Connects the device to the plant grounding system.

1.2.3

Communication symbols
SymbolMeaning
Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN)
Communication via a wireless, local network.
LED
Light emitting diode is off.

6

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

SymbolAbout this document

Meaning
LED
Light emitting diode is on.
LED
Light emitting diode is flashing.

1.2.4

Tool symbols
SymbolMeaning
Torx screwdriver
Phillips head screwdriver
Open-ended wrench

1.2.5

Symbols for certain types of information
SymbolMeaning
Permitted
Procedures, processes or actions that are permitted.
Preferred
Procedures, processes or actions that are preferred.
Forbidden
Procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden.
Tip
Indicates additional information.
Reference to documentation.
Reference to page.

A

Reference to graphic.
Notice or individual step to be observed.
1. , 2. , 3. …

Series of steps.
Result of a step.
Help in the event of a problem.
Visual inspection.

1.2.6

Symbols in graphics
SymbolMeaning

1, 2, 3, ...

Item numbers

1. , 2. , 3. , …

Series of steps

A, B, C, ...

Views

A-A, B-B, C-C, ...

Sections

Endress+Hauser

Hazardous area

7

About this document

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Symbol.

Meaning
Safe area (non-hazardous area)
Flow direction

1.3

Documentation
For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to thefollowing:• W@M Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer): Enter the serial number
from nameplate• Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplate orscan the 2D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate
Detailed list of the individual documents along with the documentation code→  226

1.3.1

Standard documentation

Document type

Purpose and content of the document

Technical Information

Planning aid for your device
The document contains all the technical data on the device and provides
an overview of the accessories and other products that can be ordered forthe device.

Sensor Brief Operating Instructions

Guides you quickly to the 1st measured value - Part 1
The Sensor Brief Operating Instructions are aimed at specialists withresponsibility for installing the measuring device.
• Incoming acceptance and product identification• Storage and transport• Installation

Transmitter Brief Operating
Instructions

Guides you quickly to the 1st measured value - Part 2
The Transmitter Brief Operating Instructions are aimed at specialists withresponsibility for commissioning, configuring and parameterizing themeasuring device (until the first measured value).
• Product description• Installation• Electrical connection• Operation options• System integration• Commissioning• Diagnostic information

Description of Device Parameters

1.3.2

Reference for your parameters
The document provides a detailed explanation of each individual
parameter in the Expert operating menu. The description is aimed atthose who work with the device over the entire life cycle and perform
specific configurations.

Supplementary device-dependent documentation

Additional documents are supplied depending on the device version ordered: Always
comply strictly with the instructions in the supplementary documentation. The
supplementary documentation is an integral part of the device documentation.

1.4

Registered trademarks

FOUNDATION™ Fieldbus
Registration-pending trademark of the FieldComm Group, Austin, Texas, USA
8

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2

Safety instructions

2.1

Requirements for the personnel

Safety instructions

The personnel for installation, commissioning, diagnostics and maintenance must fulfill
the following requirements:‣ Trained, qualified specialists must have a relevant qualification for this specific function
and task.
‣ Are authorized by the plant owner/operator.
‣ Are familiar with federal/national regulations.
‣ Before starting work, read and understand the instructions in the manual andsupplementary documentation as well as the certificates (depending on theapplication).
‣ Follow instructions and comply with basic conditions.
The operating personnel must fulfill the following requirements:‣ Are instructed and authorized according to the requirements of the task by the facility'sowner-operator.

‣ Follow the instructions in this manual.

2.2

Designated use

Application and media
The measuring device described in this manual is intended only for the flow measurementof liquids and gases.
Depending on the version ordered, the measuring device can also measure potentiallyexplosive, flammable, poisonous and oxidizing media.
Measuring devices for use in hazardous areas, in hygienic applications or where there is anincreased risk due to process pressure, are labeled accordingly on the nameplate.
To ensure that the measuring device remains in proper condition for the operation time:‣ Keep within the specified pressure and temperature range.
‣ Only use the measuring device in full compliance with the data on the nameplate andthe general conditions listed in the Operating Instructions and supplementary
documentation.
‣ Based on the nameplate, check whether the ordered device is permitted for theintended use in the hazardous area (e.g. explosion protection, pressure vessel safety).
‣ Use the measuring device only for media to which the process-wetted materials are
sufficiently resistant.
‣ If the ambient temperature of the measuring device is outside the atmospherictemperature, it is absolutely essential to comply with the relevant basic conditions as
specified in the device documentation→  8.
‣ Protect the measuring device permanently against corrosion from environmental
influences.
Incorrect use
Non-designated use can compromise safety. The manufacturer is not liable for damage
caused by improper or non-designated use.

LWARNING
Danger of breakage due to corrosive or abrasive fluids and ambient conditions!
‣ Verify the compatibility of the process fluid with the sensor material.
‣ Ensure the resistance of all fluid-wetted materials in the process.
‣ Keep within the specified pressure and temperature range.

Endress+Hauser

9Safety instructions

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

NOTICE
Verification for borderline cases:‣ For special fluids and fluids for cleaning, Endress+Hauser is glad to provide assistancein verifying the corrosion resistance of fluid-wetted materials, but does not accept any
warranty or liability as minute changes in the temperature, concentration or level ofcontamination in the process can alter the corrosion resistance properties.
Residual risks

LWARNING
The electronics and the medium may cause the surfaces to heat up. This presents aburn hazard!
‣ For elevated fluid temperatures, ensure protection against contact to prevent burns.

2.3

Workplace safety

For work on and with the device:‣ Wear the required personal protective equipment according to federal/national
regulations.
For welding work on the piping:‣ Do not ground the welding unit via the measuring device.
If working on and with the device with wet hands:‣ Due to the increased risk of electric shock, gloves must be worn.

2.4

Operational safety

Risk of injury.

‣ Operate the device in proper technical condition and fail-safe condition only.
‣ The operator is responsible for interference-free operation of the device.
Conversions to the device
Unauthorized modifications to the device are not permitted and can lead to unforeseeable
dangers.
‣ If, despite this, modifications are required, consult with Endress+Hauser.
RepairTo ensure continued operational safety and reliability,‣ Carry out repairs on the device only if they are expressly permitted.
‣ Observe federal/national regulations pertaining to repair of an electrical device.
‣ Use original spare parts and accessories from Endress+Hauser only.

2.5

Product safety

This measuring device is designed in accordance with good engineering practice to meetstate-of-the-art safety requirements, has been tested, and left the factory in a condition inwhich it is safe to operate.
It meets general safety standards and legal requirements. It also complies with the EU
directives listed in the device-specific EU Declaration of Conformity. Endress+Hauser
confirms this by affixing the CE mark to the device.

10

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2.6

Safety instructions

IT security

Our warranty is valid only if the device is installed and used as described in the Operating
Instructions. The device is equipped with security mechanisms to protect it against any
inadvertent changes to the settings.
IT security measures, which provide additional protection for the device and associateddata transfer, must be implemented by the operators themselves in line with their security
standards.

2.7

Device-specific IT security

The device offers a range of specific functions to support protective measures on theoperator's side. These functions can be configured by the user and guarantee greater inoperation safety if used correctly. An overview of the most important functions is provided
in the following section.
Function/interface

Factory setting

Recommendation

Write protection via hardware write
protection switch →  11

Not enabled.

On an individual basis following risk assessment.

Access code(also applies for Web server login or
FieldCare connection) →  12

Not enabled(0000).

Assign a customized access code duringcommissioning.

WLAN(order option in display module)

Enabled.

On an individual basis following risk assessment.

WLAN security mode

Enabled (WPA2PSK)Do not change.

WLAN passphrase(password) →  12

Serial number

Assign an individual WLAN passphrase duringcommissioning.

WLAN mode

Access Point

On an individual basis following risk assessment.

Web server→  12

Enabled.

On an individual basis following risk assessment.

CDI-RJ45 service interface–

On an individual basis following risk assessment.

2.7.1

Protecting access via hardware write protection

Write access to the device parameters via the local display, Web browser or operating tool(e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare) can be disabled via a write protection switch (DIP switch on
the motherboard). When hardware write protection is enabled, only read access to theparameters is possible.
Hardware write protection is disabled when the device is delivered →  134.

2.7.2

Protecting access via a password

Different passwords are available to protect write access to the device parameters or accessto the device via the WLAN interface.
• User-specific access code
Protect write access to the device parameters via the local display, Web browser or
operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare). Access authorization is clearly regulated
through the use of a user-specific access code.
• WLAN passphrase
The network key protects a connection between an operating unit (e.g. notebook ortablet) and the device via the WLAN interface which can be ordered as an option.
• Infrastructure mode
When the device is operated in infrastructure mode, the WLAN passphrase corresponds
to the WLAN passphrase configured on the operator side.

Endress+Hauser

11

Safety instructions

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

User-specific access code
Write access to the device parameters via the local display, Web browser or operating tool(e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare) can be protected by the modifiable, user-specific access code(→  132).
When the device is delivered, the device does not have an access code and is equivalent to0000 (open).
WLAN passphrase: Operation as WLAN access point
A connection between an operating unit (e.g. notebook or tablet) and the device via the
WLAN interface (→  80), which can be ordered as an optional extra, is protected by
the network key. The WLAN authentication of the network key complies with theIEEE 802.11 standard.
When the device is delivered, the network key is pre-defined depending on the device. It
can be changed via the WLAN settings submenu in the WLAN passphrase parameter(→  126).
Infrastructure mode
A connection between the device and WLAN access point is protected by means of an SSID
and passphrase on the system side. Please contact the relevant system administrator foraccess.
General notes on the use of passwords• The access code and network key supplied with the device should be changed duringcommissioning.
• Follow the general rules for generating a secure password when defining and managing
the access code or network key.
• The user is responsible for the management and careful handling of the access code andnetwork key.
• For information on configuring the access code or on what to do if you lose thepassword, see the "Write protection via access code" section →  132

2.7.3

Access via Web server

The device can be operated and configured via a Web browser with the integrated Web
server (→  72). The connection is via the service interface (CDI-RJ45) or the WLAN
interface.
The Web server is enabled when the device is delivered. The Web server can be disabled if
necessary (e.g. after commissioning) via the Web server functionality parameter.
The device and status information can be hidden on the login page. This prevents
unauthorized access to the information.
For detailed information on device parameters, see:
The "Description of Device Parameters" document →  227.

12

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3

Product description

Product description

The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor. The transmitter and sensor
are mounted in physically separate locations. They are interconnected by connecting
cables.

3.1

Product design

Two versions of the transmitter are available.

3.1.1

Proline 500 – digital

Signal transmission: digital
Order code for "Integrated ISEM electronics", option A "Sensor"
For use in applications not required to meet special requirements due to ambient oroperating conditions.
As the electronics are located in the sensor, the device is ideal:
For simple transmitter replacement.
• A standard cable can be used as the connecting cable.
• Not sensitive to external EMC interference.
1

2

3

ES

-

C

+

-

4

5

A0029593

1
1
2
3
4
5

Endress+Hauser

Important components of a measuring device
Electronics compartment cover
Display module
Transmitter housing
Sensor connection housing with integrated ISEM electronics: connecting cable connection
Sensor13

Product description

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3.1.2

Proline 500

Signal transmission: analog
Order code for "Integrated ISEM electronics", option B "Transmitter"For use in applications required to meet special requirements due to ambient or operating
conditions.
As the electronics are located in the transmitter, the device is ideal in the event of:• Strong vibrations at the sensor.
• Sensor operation in underground installations.
• Permanent sensor immersion in water.
2

1

4

3

un
ter

n
f ne
öf

Nich PoSp tan un w
Do nu te er
en no ngrer töfNe gi op fn
so pa zeden when
us s outens vr en
ionir

i sp

la y

e

D

Nicht

I/O

ar
ES

C

–
+

circ

E

arealive
uits

Nic
u
ht

nte

r

7

6

5

A0029589

2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

14

Important components of a measuring device
Connection compartment cover
Display module
Transmitter housing with integrated ISEM electronics
Electronics compartment coverSensorSensor connection housing: connecting cable connection
Connection compartment cover: connecting cable connection

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Incoming acceptance and product identification

4

Incoming acceptance and productidentification

4.1

Incoming acceptance
Are the order codes on thedelivery note (1) and the
product sticker (2) identical?

1
2

1
2

Are the goods undamaged?

Do the nameplate data
match the ordering
information on the delivery
note?

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:

i

i

Date:

Is the envelope present withaccompanying documents?

• If one of the conditions is not satisfied, contact your Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
• Depending on the device version, the CD-ROM might not be part of the delivery!
The Technical Documentation is available via the Internet or via the Endress+Hauser
Operations App, see the "Product identification" section →  16.

4.2

Product identification

The following options are available for identification of the device:• Nameplate specifications• Order code with breakdown of the device features on the delivery note
• Enter serial numbers from nameplates in the W@M Device Viewer(www.endress.com/deviceviewer): All information about the device is displayed.
• Enter the serial number from nameplates in the Endress+Hauser Operations App or scan
the 2-D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate using the Endress+Hauser Operations
App: All information about the device is displayed.

Endress+Hauser

15

Incoming acceptance and product identification

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to thefollowing:• The "Additional standard documentation on the device"→  8 and "Supplementarydevice-dependent documentation"→  8 sections• The W@M Device Viewer: enter the serial number from the nameplate(www.endress.com/deviceviewer)• The Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplate orscan the 2-D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate.

4.2.1

Transmitter nameplate

Proline 500 – digital
1

2

3

4
18
17
16
15
14

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:

5
6

i

13

7

Date:

i

12

11

10

9

8
A0029194

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

16

Example of a transmitter nameplate
Name of the transmitter
Manufacturing location
Space for approvals: use in hazardous areas
Degree of protection
Electrical connection data: available inputs and outputs
Permitted ambient temperature (Ta)2-D matrix code
Space for approvals and certificates: e.g. CE mark, C-Tick
Permitted temperature range for cable
Manufacturing date: year-monthFirmware version (FW) and device revision (Dev.Rev.) from the factory
Document number of safety-related supplementary documentation
Space for additional information in the case of special products
Available inputs and outputs, supply voltage
Electrical connection data: supply voltage
Extended order code (ext. ord. cd.)
Serial number (ser. no.)Order code

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Incoming acceptance and product identification

Proline 500
1 2

3 4 5

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:

20

6

19
7
18
17
16
15
14

8
i

i

Date:

13

12

11

9

10
A0029192

4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Endress+Hauser

Example of a transmitter nameplate
Manufacturing location
Name of the transmitter
Order code
Serial number (ser. no.)Extended order code (ext. ord. cd.)
Degree of protection
Space for approvals: use in hazardous areas
Electrical connection data: available inputs and outputs
2-D matrix code
Manufacturing date: year-month
Document number of safety-related supplementary documentation
Space for approvals and certificates: e.g. CE mark, C-Tick
Space for degree of protection of connection and electronics compartment when used in hazardous areas
Firmware version (FW) and device revision (Dev.Rev.) from the factory
Space for additional information in the case of special products
Permitted temperature range for cable
Permitted ambient temperature (Ta)Information on cable gland
Available inputs and outputs, supply voltage
Electrical connection data: supply voltage

17

Incoming acceptance and product identification

4.2.2

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Sensor nameplate
1

2
3
4
5

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:

6

7
14
13
i

8

i
Date:

9
10

12

11
A0029199

5
1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Example of a sensor nameplate
Name of the sensor
Manufacturing location
Order code
Serial number (ser. no.)Extended order code (Ext. ord. cd.)
Nominal diameter of the sensor; flange nominal diameter/nominal pressure; sensor test pressure; medium
temperature range; material of measuring tube and manifold; sensor-specific information: e.g. pressure rangeof sensor housing, wide-range density specification (special density calibration)
Approval information for explosion protection, Pressure Equipment Directive and degree of protection
Flow direction
Manufacturing date: year-month2-D matrix code
Document number of safety-related supplementary documentation
CE mark, C-Tick
Surface roughness
Permitted ambient temperature (Ta)

Order code
The measuring device is reordered using the order code.
Extended order code
• The device type (product root) and basic specifications (mandatory features) arealways listed.
• Of the optional specifications (optional features), only the safety and approvalrelated specifications are listed (e.g. LA). If other optional specifications are alsoordered, these are indicated collectively using the # placeholder symbol (e.g. #LA#).
• If the ordered optional specifications do not include any safety and approval-related
specifications, they are indicated by the + placeholder symbol (e.g. XXXXXX-ABCDE+).

18

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

4.2.3
SymbolIncoming acceptance and product identification

Symbols on measuring device
MeaningWARNING!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in serious
or fatal injury.
Reference to documentation
Refers to the corresponding device documentation.
Protective ground connection
A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections.

Endress+Hauser

19

Storage and transport

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5

Storage and transport

5.1

Storage conditions

Observe the following notes for storage:‣ Store in the original packaging to ensure protection from shock.
‣ Do not remove protective covers or protective caps installed on process connections.
They prevent mechanical damage to the sealing surfaces and contamination in themeasuring tube.
‣ Protect from direct sunlight to avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures.
‣ Store in a dry and dust-free place.
‣ Do not store outdoors.
Storage temperature→  212

5.2

Transporting the productTransport the measuring device to the measuring point in the original packaging.

A0029252

Do not remove protective covers or caps installed on process connections. They
prevent mechanical damage to the sealing surfaces and contamination in themeasuring tube.

5.2.1

Measuring devices without lifting lugs

LWARNING
Center of gravity of the measuring device is higher than the suspension points of the
webbing slings.
Risk of injury if the measuring device slips.
‣ Secure the measuring device against slipping or turning.
‣ Observe the weight specified on the packaging (stick-on label).

A0029214

20

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.2.2

Installation

Measuring devices with lifting lugs

LCAUTION
Special transportation instructions for devices with lifting lugs
‣ Only use the lifting lugs fitted on the device or flanges to transport the device.
‣ The device must always be secured at two lifting lugs at least.

5.2.3

Transporting with a fork lift

If transporting in wood crates, the floor structure enables the crates to be lifted lengthwise
or at both sides using a forklift.

5.3

Packaging disposal

All packaging materials are environmentally friendly and 100 % recyclable:• Outer packaging of device
Polymer stretch wrap that complies with EU Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)• Packaging• Wooden crate treated in accordance with ISPM 15 standard, confirmed by IPPC logo
• Cardboard box in accordance with European packaging guideline 94/62EC,
recyclability confirmed by Resy symbol• Carrying and securing materials• Disposable plastic pallet• Plastic straps• Plastic adhesive strips• Filler material
Paper pads

6

Installation

6.1

Installation conditions

6.1.1

Mounting position

Mounting location

A0028772

To prevent measuring errors arising from accumulation of gas bubbles in the measuring
tube, avoid the following mounting locations in the pipe:• Highest point of a pipeline.
• Directly upstream of a free pipe outlet in a down pipe.
Endress+Hauser

21

Installation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Installation in down pipes
However, the following installation suggestion allows for installation in an open verticalpipeline. Pipe restrictions or the use of an orifice with a smaller cross-section than thenominal diameter prevent the sensor running empty while measurement is in progress.

1

2

3
4

5
A0028773

6
1
2
3
4
5

Installation in a down pipe (e.g. for batching applications)
Supply tankSensorOrifice plate, pipe restriction
Valve
Batching tankDNØ orifice plate, pipe restriction

[mm]

[in]

[mm]

[in]

25

1

14

0.55

50

2

28

1.10

80

3

50

1.97

100

4

65

2.60

Orientation
The direction of the arrow on the sensor nameplate helps you to install the sensor
according to the flow direction (direction of medium flow through the piping).
Orientation
A

Recommendation
1)

Vertical orientation

A0015591

B

2)

Horizontal orientation, transmitter at
top

Exceptions:→  7,  23
A0015589

22

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Installation

Orientation
C

Recommendation
3)

Horizontal orientation, transmitter atbottomExceptions:→  7,  23
A0015590

D→  24 4)

Horizontal orientation, transmitter atside
A0015592

1)
2)
3)
4)

This orientation is recommended to ensure self-draining.
Applications with low process temperatures may decrease the ambient temperature. To maintain theminimum ambient temperature for the transmitter, this orientation is recommended.
Applications with high process temperatures may increase the ambient temperature. To maintain the
maximum ambient temperature for the transmitter, this orientation is recommended.
Not recommended for inhomogeneous media.

If a sensor is installed horizontally with a curved measuring tube, match the position of thesensor to the fluid properties.

1

2
A0028774

7
1
2

Orientation of sensor with curved measuring tube
Avoid this orientation for fluids with entrained solids: Risk of solids accumulating.
Avoid this orientation for outgassing fluids: Risk of gas accumulating.

Inlet and outlet runs
No special precautions need to be taken for fittings that create turbulence, such as valves,elbows or T-pieces, as long as no cavitation occurs.

A0029322

A0029323

Installation dimensions
For the dimensions and installation lengths of the device, see the "Technical
Information" document, "Mechanical construction" section .

Endress+Hauser

23

Installation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.1.2

Environmental and process requirements

Ambient temperature range
Measuring device• –40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F)• Order code for "Test, certificate", option JP:–50 to +60 °C (–58 to +140 °F)• Order code for "Test, certificate", option JQ:• Sensor:–60 to +60 °C (–76 to +140 °F)• Transmitter: –50 to +60 °C (–58 to +140 °F)

Readability of thelocal display–20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature
range.

Dependency of ambient temperature on medium temperature→  213‣ If operating outdoors:
Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions.
You can order a weather protection cover from Endress+Hauser. →  194.
Vibrations
The operational reliability of the measuring system is not affected by plant vibrations.

6.1.3

Special mounting instructions

Drainability
The measuring tubes can be completely drained and protected against solids build-up in
vertical orientation.
Sanitary compatibility
When installing in hygienic applications, please refer to the information in the"Certificates and approvals/hygienic compatibility" section →  223
Rupture disk
Information that is relevant to the process: →  215.

LWARNING
Danger from medium escaping!
Medium escaping under pressure can cause injury or material damage.
‣ Take precautions to prevent danger to persons and damage if the rupture disk is
actuated.
‣ Observe information on the rupture disk sticker.
‣ Make sure that the function and operation of the rupture disk is not impeded throughthe installation of the device.
‣ Do not use a heating jacket.
‣ Do not remove or damage the rupture disk.
The position of the rupture disk is indicated by a sticker beside it.
The transportation guard must be removed.
The existing connecting nozzles are not intended for the purpose of rinsing or pressure
monitoring, but instead serve as the mounting location for the rupture disk.

24

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Installation

In the event of a failure of the rupture disk, a drain device can be screwed onto the female
thread of the rupture disk in order to drain off any escaping medium.

i

RUPTURE DISK

1

2

3
A0030346

1
2
3

Rupture disk label
Rupture disk with 1/2" NPT female thread and 1" width across flat
Transportation guard

For information on the dimensions: see the "Mechanical construction" section of the"Technical Information" document
Zero point adjustment
All measuring devices are calibrated in accordance with state-of-the-art technology.
Calibration takes place under reference conditions→  208. Therefore, a zero point
adjustment in the field is generally not required.
Experience shows that zero point adjustment is advisable only in special cases:• To achieve maximum measuring accuracy even with low flow rates.
• Under extreme process or operating conditions (e.g. very high process temperatures orvery high-viscosity fluids).

203 (8.0)

243 (9.6)

213 (8.4)

39 (1.5)

Protective coverA0029552

8

Endress+Hauser

Protective cover for Proline 500 – digital; engineering unit mm (in)25Installation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

280 (11.0)
134 (5.3)

12 (0.47)

30 (1.18)

48 (1.9)

146 (5.75)

255 (10.0)

A0029553

9

Protective cover for Proline 500; engineering unit mm (in)Cover locking: Proline 500
NOTICE
Order code for "Transmitter housing", option L "Cast, stainless": The covers of thetransmitter housing are provided with a borehole to lock the cover.
The cover can be locked using screws and a chain or cable provided by the customer.
‣ It is recommended to use stainless steel cables or chains.
‣ If a protective coating is applied, it is recommended to use a heat shrink tube to protect
the housing paint.
1
1

2

1
2

SW 2.51M3

5 (0.2) min. 15 (0.6)

A0029799

1
2

Cover borehole for the securing screw
Securing screw to lock the cover

Determining the pitch angle and roll angle
For correct measurement, the pitch angle and roll angle must be determined andentered in the Installation angle pitch parameter (→  121) and the Installation
angle roll parameter (→  121) with a tolerance of ±10 °.

26

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Installation

Pitch angle

Roll angle0°α+/-180°β

0°+/-180°
A0032309

A0032310

The possible pitch angle that can be configured is the blue
area of angle α.

The possible roll angle that can be configured is theblue area of angle β.

6.2

Mounting the measuring device

6.2.1

Required tools

For transmitter
For mounting on a post:• Proline 500 – digital transmitter• Open-ended wrench AF 10• Torx screwdriver TX 25• Proline 500 transmitter
Open-ended wrench AF 13
For wall mounting:
Drill with drill bit ⌀ 6.0 mm
For sensor
For flanges and other process connections: Corresponding mounting tools

6.2.2

Preparing the measuring device

1.

Remove all remaining transport packaging.

2.

Remove any protective covers or protective caps present from the sensor.

3.

Remove stick-on label on the electronics compartment cover.

6.2.3

Mounting the measuring device

LWARNING
Danger due to improper process sealing!
‣ Ensure that the inside diameters of the gaskets are greater than or equal to that of theprocess connections and piping.
Ensurethat the seals are clean and undamaged.
‣
Securetheseals correctly.
‣
1.

Endress+Hauser

Ensure that the direction of the arrow on the nameplate of the sensor matches theflow direction of the fluid.
27

Installation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2.

Install the measuring device or turn the transmitter housing so that the cable entries
do not point upwards.
A0029263

6.2.4

Mounting the transmitter housing: Proline 500 – digital

LCAUTION
Ambient temperature too high!
Danger of electronics overheating and housing deformation.
‣ Do not exceed the permitted maximum ambient temperature .
‣ If operating outdoors: Avoid direct sunlight and exposure to weathering, particularly inwarm climatic regions.
LCAUTION
Excessive force can damage the housing!
‣ Avoid excessive mechanical stress.
The transmitter can be mounted in the following ways:• Post mounting• Wall mounting
Post mounting

LWARNING
Excessive tightening torque applied to the fixing screws!
Risk of damaging the plastic transmitter.
‣ Tighten the fixing screws as per the tightening torque: 2 Nm (1.5 lbf ft)

ø 20…70(ø 0.79…2.75)

4x

3x

TX 25

SW 10

~1

0

~4
2(

.0)

A0029051

 10

28

Engineering unit mm (in)Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Installation

Wall mounting
17 (0.67)==

L

211 (8.31)

5.8 (0.23)

5.8 (0.23)
149 (5.85)
A0029054

 11
LEngineering unit mm (in)Depends on order code for "Transmitter housing"Order code for "Transmitter housing"• Option A, aluminum coated: L =14 mm (0.55 in)• Option D, polycarbonate: L = 13 mm (0.51 in)1.

Drill the holes.

2.

Insert wall plugs into the drilled holes.

3.

Screw in the securing screws slightly at first.

4.

Fit the transmitter housing over the securing screws and mount in place.

5.

Tighten the securing screws.

6.2.5

Mounting the transmitter housing: Proline 500

LCAUTION
Ambient temperature too high!
Danger of electronics overheating and housing deformation.
‣ Do not exceed the permitted maximum ambient temperature .
‣ If operating outdoors: Avoid direct sunlight and exposure to weathering, particularly inwarm climatic regions.
LCAUTION
Excessive force can damage the housing!
‣ Avoid excessive mechanical stress.
The transmitter can be mounted in the following ways:• Post mounting• Wall mounting

Endress+Hauser

29

Installation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Wall mounting! 18 (0.71)! 8.6 (0.39)

20 (0.79)

100 (3.94)! 10 (0.39)

100 (3.94)
A0029068 12

30

Engineering unit mm (in)1.

Drill the holes.

2.

Insert wall plugs into the drilled holes.

3.

Screw in the securing screws slightly at first.

4.

Fit the transmitter housing over the securing screws and mount in place.

5.

Tighten the securing screws.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Installation

Post mounting

LWARNING
Order code for "Transmitter housing", option L "Cast, stainless": cast transmitters arevery heavy.
They are unstable if they are not mounted on a secure, fixed post.
‣ Only mount the transmitter on a secure, fixed post on a stable surface.

! 20…70 (! 0.79 to 2.75)

1

4x

SW 13

A0029057

 13

Engineering unit mm (in)6.2.6

Turning the transmitter housing: Proline 500

To provide easier access to the connection compartment or display module, the transmitter
housing can be turned.

4.

n
f ne
öf

Nicht

Nicht

un
te r

un
te r

n
f ne
öf
ES

ES

C

C

–

–

+

+

E

e

e

E

ar

ar

2.

3 mm

1.

4 mm

3.
A0029993

Endress+Hauser

1.

Depending on the device version: Loosen the securing clamp of the connection
compartment cover.

2.

Unscrew the connection compartment cover.

3.

Release the fixing screw.

4.

Turn the housing to the desired position.

5.

Firmly tighten the securing screw.

6.

Screw on the connection compartment cover.

31

Installation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.

Depending on the device version: Attach the securing clamp of the connection
compartment cover.

6.2.7

Turning the display module: Proline 500

The display module can be turned to optimize display readability and operability.

n
f ne
öf

Nicht

Nicht

un
te r

un
te r

n
f ne
öf
ES

ES

C

C

–

–

+

+

ES

C

E

–

E

ar

e

E

ar

2.

3 mm

1.

e

+

3.
A0030035

1.

Depending on the device version: Loosen the securing clamp of the connection
compartment cover.

2.

Unscrew the connection compartment cover.

3.

Turn the display module to the desired position: max. 8 × 45° in each direction.

4.

Screw on the connection compartment cover.

5.

Depending on the device version: Attach the securing clamp of the connection
compartment cover.

6.3

Post-installation check

Is the device undamaged (visual inspection)?



Does the measuring device conform to the measuring point specifications?
For example:• Process temperature →  213• Process pressure (refer to the section on "Pressure-temperature ratings" in the "Technical
Information" document)• Ambient temperature• Measuring range

Has the correct orientation for the sensor been selected ?
• According to sensor type
• According to medium temperature• According to medium properties (outgassing, with entrained solids)

32



Does the arrow on the sensor nameplate match the direction of flow of the fluid through thepiping →  22?

Are the measuring point identification and labeling correct (visual inspection)?

Is the device adequately protected from precipitation and direct sunlight?



Are the securing screw and securing clamp tightened securely?

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7

Electrical connection

Electrical connection

NOTICEThe measuring device does not have an internal circuit breaker.
‣ For this reason, assign the measuring device a switch or power-circuit breaker so thatthe power supply line can be easily disconnected from the mains.
‣ Although the measuring device is equipped with a fuse, additional overcurrent
protection (maximum 10 A) should be integrated into the system installation.

7.1

Connection conditions

7.1.1

Required tools• For cable entries: Use corresponding tools• For securing clamp: Allen key 3 mm
• Wire stripper• When using stranded cables: crimper for wire end ferrule• For removing cables from terminal: Flat blade screwdriver ≤ 3 mm (0.12 in)

7.1.2

Requirements for connecting cable

The connecting cables provided by the customer must fulfill the following requirements.
Electrical safety
In accordance with applicable federal/national regulations.
Protective ground cable
Cable ≥2.08 mm2 (14 AWG)
The grounding impedance must be less than 1 Ω.
Permitted temperature range• The installation guidelines that apply in the country of installation must be observed.
• The cables must be suitable for the minimum and maximum temperatures to be
expected.
Power supply cableStandard installation cable is sufficient.
Signal cable
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Twisted, shielded two-wire cable.
For further information on planning and installing FOUNDATION Fieldbus networks
see:• Operating Instructions for "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" (BA00013S)• FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline• IEC 61158-2 (MBP)
Current output 0/4 to 20 mA
Standard installation cable is sufficient.

Endress+Hauser

33

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pulse/frequency/switch output
Standard installation cable is sufficient.
Relay output
Standard installation cable is sufficient.
Current input 0/4 to 20 mA
Standard installation cable is sufficient.
Status inputStandard installation cable is sufficient.
Cable diameter• Cable glands supplied:
M20 × 1.5 with cable ⌀ 6 to 12 mm (0.24 to 0.47 in)• Spring-loaded terminals: Suitable for strands and strands with ferrules.
Conductor cross-section 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 12 AWG).
Choice of connecting cable between the transmitter and sensor
Depends on the type of transmitter and the installation zones

4
1

1

A
3

2

1

5
A
3

B
1

C
3

B
3

3

2

6
C
3
A0032476

1
2
3
4
5
6
A

B

C

34

Proline 500 digital transmitter
Proline 500 transmitter
Sensor Promass
Non-hazardous area
Hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2
Hazardous area: Zone 1; Class I, Division 1
Standard cable to 500 digital transmitter →  35
Transmitter installed in the non-hazardous area or hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2 / sensor
installed in the hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2Standard cable to 500 digital transmitter →  35
Transmitter installed in the hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2 / sensor installed in the hazardous
area: Zone 1; Class I, Division 1
Signal cable to 500 transmitter →  37
Transmitter and sensor installed in the hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2 oder Zone 1;
Class I, Division 1

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Electrical connection

A: Connecting cable between sensor and transmitter: Proline 500 – digital
Standard cable
A standard cable with the following specifications can be used as the connecting cable.
Design4 cores (2 pairs); uninsulated stranded CU wires; pair-stranded with common
shieldShieldingTin-plated copper-braid, optical cover ≥ 85 %Loop resistancePower supply line (+, –): maximum 10 Ω

Cable length

Maximum 300 m (1 000 ft), see the following table.

Cross-section

Cable length [max.]

0.34 mm2 (AWG 22)

80 m (270 ft)

0.50 mm2 (AWG 20)

120 m (400 ft)

0.75 mm2 (AWG 18)

180 m (600 ft)

1.00 mm2 (AWG 17)

240 m (800 ft)

1.50 mm2 (AWG 15)

300 m (1 000 ft)

Optionally available connecting cable
Design2 × 2 × 0.34 mm2 (AWG 22) PVC cable 1) with common shield (2 pairs,
uninsulated stranded CU wires; pair-stranded)

Flame resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60332-1-2

Oil-resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60811-2-1

ShieldingTin-plated copper-braid, optical cover ≥ 85 %Operating temperature

When mounted in a fixed position: –50 to +105 °C (–58 to +221 °F); when cable
can move freely: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)

Available cable length

Fixed: 20 m (65 ft); variable: up to maximum 50 m (165 ft)

1)

UV radiation can impair the cable outer sheath. Protect the cable from direct sunshine where possible.

B: Connecting cable between sensor and transmitter: Proline 500 - digital
Standard cable
A standard cable with the following specifications can be used as the connecting cable.

Endress+Hauser

Design4, 6, 8 cores (2, 3, 4 pairs); uninsulated stranded CU wires; pair-stranded with
common shield

ShieldingTin-plated copper-braid, optical cover ≥ 85 %Capacitance C

Maximum 760 nF IIC, maximum 4.2 µF IIB

Inductance L

Maximum 26 µH IIC, maximum 104 µH IIB

Inductance/resistanceratio (L/R)

Maximum 8.9 µH/Ω IIC, maximum 35.6 µH/Ω IIB (e.g. in accordance with IEC
60079-25)

Loop resistancePower supply line (+, –): maximum 5 Ω

Cable length

Maximum 150 m (500 ft), see the following table.

35

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Cross-section

Cable length [max.]

Termination

2 x 2 x 0.50 mm2(AWG 20)50 m (165 ft)

2 x 2 x 0.50 mm2 (AWG 20)

BN WT YE GN

A
B
GY• +, – = 0.5 mm2• A, B = 0.5 mm2
3 x 2 x 0.50 mm2(AWG 20)100 m (330 ft)

3 x 2 x 0.50 mm2 (AWG 20)

BN WT GY PK YE GN

A
B
GY• +, – = 1.0 mm2• A, B = 0.5 mm2
4 x 2 x 0.50 mm2(AWG 20)150 m (500 ft)

4 x 2 x 0.50 mm2 (AWG 20)

BN WT GY PK RD BU

A
B
GY

YE GN

• +, – = 1.5 mm2• A, B = 0.5 mm2

Optionally available connecting cable
Connecting cable forZone 1; Class I, Division 1

Standard cable2 × 2 × 0.5 mm2 (AWG 20) PVC cable 1) with common shield (2 pairs, pairstranded)

Flame resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60332-1-2

Oil-resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60811-2-1

ShieldingTin-plated copper-braid, optical cover ≥ 85 %Operating temperature

When mounted in a fixed position: –50 to +105 °C (–58 to +221 °F); when cable
can move freely: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)

Available cable length

Fixed: 20 m (65 ft); variable: up to maximum 50 m (165 ft)

1)

36

UV radiation can impair the cable outer sheath. Protect the cable from direct sunshine where possible.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Electrical connection

C: Connecting cable between sensor and transmitter: Proline 500
Standard cable

7 × 0.38 mm2 PVC cable 1) with common shield and individually shielded
cores

Conductor resistance≤50 Ω/km (0.015 Ω/ft)

Capacitance: core/shield≤420 pF/m (128 pF/ft)

Cable length (max.)

20 m (65 ft)

Cable lengths (available fororder)

5 m (15 ft), 10 m (32 ft), 20 m (65 ft)

Operating temperature

Depends on the device version and how the cable is installed:• Standard version:• Cable - fixed installation: –40 to +105 °C (–40 to +221 °F)• Cable - movable: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)• Order code for "Test, certificate", option JP:• Cable - fixed installation: –50 to +105 °C (–58 to +221 °F)• Cable - movable: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)• Order code for "Test, certificate", option JQ:• Cable - fixed installation: –60 to +105 °C (–76 to +221 °F)• Cable - movable: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)

1)UV radiation can impair the cable outer sheath. Protect the cable from direct sunshine where possible.

7.1.3

Terminal assignment

Transmitter: supply voltage, input/outputs
The terminal assignment of the inputs and outputs depends on the individual orderversion of the device. The device-specific terminal assignment is documented on anadhesive label in the terminal cover.
Supply voltage
1 (+)

2 (–)

Input/output
1
26 (A)

27 (B)

Input/output
2
24 (+)

Input/output
3

25 (–)

22 (+)

23 (–)

Input/output
4
20 (+)

21 (–)

Device-specific terminal assignment: adhesive label in terminal cover.

Transmitter and sensor connection housing: connecting cable
The sensor and transmitter, which are mounted in separate locations, are interconnectedby a connecting cable. The cable is connected via the sensor connection housing and thetransmitter housing.
Terminal assignment and connection of the connecting cable:• Proline 500 – digital→  40
• Proline 500 →  47

7.1.4

Device plugs available

Device plugs may not be used in hazardous areas!
Order code for "Input; output 1", option SA "FOUNDATION Fieldbus"
Order code forEndress+Hauser

Cable entry/connection"Electrical connection"

2

3

M, 3, 4, 5

7/8" connector–

37

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.1.5

Pin assignment of device plug
Pin

Assignment

2

3

1

+

Signal +

1

4

2

-

Signal –7.1.6

3

Grounding4

Not assigned

CodingPlug/socket

A

Plug

Shielding and grounding

Optimal electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of the fieldbus system can be guaranteed
only if the system components and, in particular, the lines are shielded and the shieldforms as complete a cover as possible. A shield coverage of 90 %is ideal.
1.

To ensure optimal EMC protection, connect the shield to the reference ground asoften as possible.

2.

For reasons concerning explosion protection, it is recommended that grounding be
dispensed with.

To comply with both requirements, there are basically three different types of shielding in
the fieldbus system:• Shielding at both ends
• Shielding at one end on the feed side with capacitance termination at the field device• Shielding at one end on the feed side
Experience shows that the best results with regard to EMC are achieved in most cases ininstallations with one-sided shielding on the feed side (without capacitance termination at
the field device). Appropriate measures with regard to input wiring must be taken to allow
unrestricted operation when EMC interference is present. These measures have beentaken into account for this device. Operation in the event of disturbance variables as per
NAMUR NE21 is thus guaranteed.
1.

Observe national installation requirements and guidelines during installation.

2.

Where there are large differences in potential between the individual grounding
points,connect only one point of the shielding directly to the reference ground.

3.

In systems without potential equalization,
the cable shielding of fieldbus systems should be grounded on one side only, forexample at the fieldbus supply unit or at safety barriers.

NOTICEIn systems without potential matching, the multiple grounding of the cable shieldcauses mains frequency equalizing currents!
Damage to the bus cable shield.
‣ Only ground the bus cable shield to either the local ground or the protective ground at
one end.
‣ Insulate the shield that is not connected.

38

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1Electrical connection

2

3

4

5
6
6

6
5
6
6

6
8

7
A0028768

 14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Connection example for FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Control system (e.g. PLC)
Power conditioner (FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Cable shield: the cable shield must be grounded at both ends to comply with EMC requirements; observe cablespecifications
T-box
Measuring device
Local grounding
Bus terminator
Potential equalization conductor

7.1.7

Preparing the measuring device

Carry out the steps in the following order:
1.

Mount the sensor and transmitter.

2.

Connection housing, sensor: Connect connecting cable.

3.

Transmitter: Connect connecting cable.

4.

Transmitter: Connect signal cable and cable for supply voltage.

NOTICE
Insufficient sealing of the housing!
Operational reliability of the measuring device could be compromised.
‣ Use suitable cable glands corresponding to the degree of protection.

Endress+Hauser

1.

Remove dummy plug if present.

2.

If the measuring device is supplied without cable glands:
Provide suitable cable gland for corresponding connecting cable.

3.

If the measuring device is supplied with cable glands:
Observe requirements for connecting cables →  33.

39

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.2

Connecting the measuring device: Proline 500 digital

NOTICE
Limitation of electrical safety due to incorrect connection!
‣ Have electrical connection work carried out by appropriately trained specialists only.
‣ Observe applicable federal/national installation codes and regulations.
‣ Comply with local workplace safety regulations.
‣ Always connect the protective ground cable  before connecting additional cables.
‣ For use in potentially explosive atmospheres, observe the information in the devicespecific Ex documentation.

7.2.1

Connecting the connecting cable

LWARNING
Risk of damaging the electronic components!
‣ Connect the sensor and transmitter to the same potential equalization.
‣ Only connect the sensor to a transmitter with the same serial number.
‣ Ground the connection housing of the sensor via the external screw terminal.
Connecting cable terminal assignment
1
4

2+ – B A61 62 63 64

35
6

61 62 63 64+ – B A
4

A0028198

1
2
3
4
5
6

Cable entry for cable on transmitter housing
Protective earth (PE)Connecting cable ISEM communication
Grounding via ground connection; on device plug versions grounding is through the plug itself
Cable entry for cable or connection of device plug on sensor connection housing
Protective earth (PE)Connecting the connecting cable to the sensor connection housing• Connection via terminals with order code for "Sensor connection housing":• Option A "Aluminum, coated"→  41
• Option B "Stainless" →  42
• Option L "Cast, stainless"→  41
• Connection via connectors with order code for "Sensor connection housing":
Option C "Ultra-compact hygienic, stainless"→  43
Connecting the connecting cable to the transmitter
The cable is connected to the transmitter via terminals →  44.

40

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Electrical connection

Connecting the sensor connection housing via terminals
For the device version with the order code for "Sensor connection housing":• Option A "Aluminum coated"• Option L "Cast, stainless"2.
10 (0.4)

3 mm

1.

TX 20

5.
7.

22 mm

3.

24 mm

6.
A0029616

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the housing cover.

2.

Unscrew the housing cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry. To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment.

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

LWARNING
Housing degree of protection voided due to insufficient sealing of the housing.
‣ Screw in the thread on the cover without using any lubricant. The thread on the cover iscoated with a dry lubricant.

Endress+Hauser

8.

Screw on the housing cover.

9.

Tighten the securing clamp of the housing cover.

41

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Connecting the sensor connection housing via terminals
For the device version with the order code for "Sensor connection housing":
Option B "Stainless"2.
10 (0.4)

1.
8 mm

5.
7.

22 mm

3.

24 mm

6.
A0029613

42

1.

Release the securing screw of the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry . To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment.

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

8.

Close the housing cover.

9.

Tighten the securing screw of the housing cover.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Electrical connection

Connecting the sensor connection housing via the connector
For the device version with the order code for "Sensor connection housing":
Option C "Ultra-compact hygienic, stainless"1.

2.

A0029615

Endress+Hauser

1.

Connect the protective ground.

2.

Connect the connector.

43

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Connecting the connecting cable to the transmitter
1. 4 x

3.

TX 20

2.

5.

8.

4.
10 (0.4)
22 mm
24 mm

7.

6.
A0029597

1.

Loosen the 4 fixing screws on the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

Fold open the terminal cover.

4.

Push the cable through the cable entry. To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

5.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

6.

Connect the protective ground.

7.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment→  40.

8.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

9.

Close the housing cover.

10. Tighten the securing screw of the housing cover.
11. After connecting the connecting cable:
Connect the signal cable and the supply voltage cable →  45.

44

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.2.2

Electrical connection

Connecting the signal cable and the supply voltage cable1

2 3 6 4

5
A0028200

1
2
3
4
5
6

Terminal connection for supply voltage
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output
Terminal connection for connecting cable between sensor and transmitter
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output; optional: connection for external WLAN antenna
Protective earth (PE)

1. 4 x

3.

TX 20

2.

5.

8.

4.
10 (0.4)
22 mm
24 mm

7.

6.
A0029597

1.

Loosen the 4 fixing screws on the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

Fold open the terminal cover.

4.

Push the cable through the cable entry. To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

5.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

6.

Connect the protective ground.

7.

Connect the cable in accordance with the terminal assignment .
 Signal cable terminal assignment: The device-specific terminal assignment isdocumented on an adhesive label in the terminal cover.
Supply voltage terminal assignment: Adhesive label in the terminal cover or→  37.

8.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the cable connection process.

9.

Close the terminal cover.

10. Close the housing cover.

Endress+Hauser

45

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

LWARNING
Housing degree of protection may be voided due to insufficient sealing of the housing.

‣ Screw in the screw without using any lubricant.
LWARNING

Excessive tightening torque applied to the fixing screws!
Risk of damaging the plastic transmitter.
‣ Tighten the fixing screws as per the tightening torque: 2 Nm (1.5 lbf ft)
11. Tighten the 4 fixing screws on the housing cover.
Removing a cable

3 (0.12)1.

2.

A0029598 15

46

Engineering unit mm (in)1.

To remove a cable from the terminal, use a flat-blade screwdriver to push the slot
between the two terminal holes2.

while simultaneously pulling the cable end out of the terminal.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.3

Electrical connection

Connecting the measuring device: Proline 500

NOTICE
Limitation of electrical safety due to incorrect connection!
‣ Have electrical connection work carried out by appropriately trained specialists only.
‣ Observe applicable federal/national installation codes and regulations.
‣ Comply with local workplace safety regulations.
‣ Always connect the protective ground cable  before connecting additional cables.
‣ For use in potentially explosive atmospheres, observe the information in the devicespecific Ex documentation.

7.3.1

Connecting the connecting cable

LWARNING
Risk of damaging the electronic components!

‣ Connect the sensor and transmitter to the same potential equalization.
‣ Only connect the sensor to a transmitter with the same serial number.
‣ Ground the connection housing of the sensor via the external screw terminal.
Connecting cable terminal assignment

1
2

TM2 TT TT TM TM GND S2 S2 S1 S1
+
+
+
+
TM2 +
7 6 5 4
X4 X3 12 11 10 9 8

ER ER
+
42 41

7 6 5 4
X4 X3 12 11 10 9 8
TM2 +
+
+
+
+
TM2 TT TT TM TM GND S2 S2 S1 S1

42 41
+
ER ER

6

3
4
5
6

A0033694

1
2
3
4
5
X

Protective earth (PE)
Cable entry for connecting cable on transmitter connection housing
Connecting cable
Cable entry for connecting cable on sensor connection housing
Protective earth (PE)Terminals X3, X4: temperature sensor

Connecting the connecting cable to the sensor connection housing
Connection via terminals with order code for "Housing":• Option B "Stainless"→  49
• Option L "Cast, stainless"→  48
Connecting the connecting cable to the transmitter
The cable is connected to the transmitter via terminals →  50.

Endress+Hauser

47

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Connecting the sensor connection housing via terminals
For the device version with the order code for "Housing":
Option L "Cast, stainless"2.
10 (0.4)

1.
3 mm

5.
7.

22 mm

3.

24 mm

6.
A0029612

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the housing cover.

2.

Unscrew the housing cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry . To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment.

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

LWARNING
Housing degree of protection voided due to insufficient sealing of the housing.
‣ Screw in the thread on the cover without using any lubricant. The thread on the cover iscoated with a dry lubricant.

48

8.

Screw on the housing cover.

9.

Tighten the securing clamp of the housing cover.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Electrical connection

Connecting the sensor connection housing via terminals
For the device version with the order code for "Housing":
Option B "Stainless"2.
10 (0.4)

1.
8 mm

5.
7.

22 mm

3.

24 mm

6.
A0029613

Endress+Hauser

1.

Release the securing screw of the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry . To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment.

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

8.

Close the housing cover.

9.

Tighten the securing screw of the housing cover.

49

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Connecting the connecting cable to the transmitter

10 (0.4)

n
fne
öf

5.

e

Nicht

un
te r

3.

ar

3 mm
circ

1.

Nic
u
ht

nte

r

2.

6.

arealive
uits

7.

22 mm
24 mm
A0029592

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the connection compartment cover.

2.

Unscrew the connection compartment cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry . To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, also fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment→  47.

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

8.

Screw on the connection compartment cover.

9.

Tighten the securing clamp of the connection compartment cover.

10. After connecting the connecting cable: After connecting the connecting cables:
Connect the signal cable and the supply voltage cable →  51.

50

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.3.2

Electrical connection

Connecting the signal cable and the supply voltage cable
1
2
3
4A0026781

1
2
3
4

Terminal connection for supply voltage
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output or terminal connection for network connection via
service interface (CDI-RJ45)
Protective earth (PE)

3.
n
f ne
öf

Nicht

Nicht

un
ter

un
te r

n
f ne
öf
ES

C

ES
C

–

–

+

+

E

E
ES
C

+

ar

ar

4.

1.

3 mm

2.

e

e

–

E

3.
A0029813

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the connection compartment cover.

2.

Unscrew the connection compartment cover.

3.

Squeeze the tabs of the display module holder together.

4.

Remove the display module holder.

Ni
Spcht Powan un
Do nu te er
en no ngr
er t op öffn
Ne gizeso pa den when
us s outens vr en
ionir

un
te r

6.

er
Powr ente fn nun g öf whe
enichtnnunNpat op
d vrir
S nozeDoergis ouionene patens
N us
so

I/O

Nicht

un
te r

Nicht

I/O

n
f ne
öf

n
f ne
öf

Ni
Spcht Powan un
Do nu te er
en no ngr
er t op öffn
Ne gizeso pa den when
us s outens vr en
ionir

e

e

I/O

ar

ar

ES

ES
C

C

–

–
+

+
E

E

5.
A0029814

Endress+Hauser

5.

Attach the holder to the edge of the electronics compartment.

6.

Open the terminal cover.

51

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8.
7.

10 (0.4)

Nicht

un
ter

n
f ne
öf

e

mm (in)
ar

ES

C

–
+

9.

E

A0029815

7.

Push the cable through the cable entry . To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

8.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, also fit ferrules.

9.

Connect the protective ground.

11.

n
f ne
öf

Nicht

un
te r

22 mm

e

24 mm
ar
ES
C

–
+
E

10.
A0029816

10. Connect the cable in accordance with the terminal assignment .
 Signal cable terminal assignment: The device-specific terminal assignment isdocumented on an adhesive label in the terminal cover.
Supply voltage terminal assignment: Adhesive label in the terminal cover or→  37.
11. Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the cable connection process.
12. Close the terminal cover.
13. Fit the display module holder in the electronics compartment.
14. Screw on the connection compartment cover.
15. Secure the securing clamp of the connection compartment cover.

52

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Electrical connection

Removing a cable

3 (0.12)1.

2.

A0029598

 16Engineering unit mm (in)1.

To remove a cable from the terminal, use a flat-blade screwdriver to push the slot
between the two terminal holes2.

while simultaneously pulling the cable end out of the terminal.

7.4

Ensuring potential equalization

7.4.1

Requirements

No special measures for potential equalization are required.

Endress+Hauser

53

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.5

Special connection instructions

7.5.1

Connection examples

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1

2

3

4

5
6
6

6
5
6
6

6
8

7
A0028768

 17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Connection example for FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Control system (e.g. PLC)
Power Conditioner (FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Cable shield provided at one end. The cable shield must be grounded at both ends to comply with EMC
requirements; observe cable specifications
T-box
Measuring device
Local grounding
Bus terminator
Potential matching line

Current output 4-20 mA
1

2

3
4...20 mA
A0028758

 18
1
2
3

54

Connection example for 4-20 mA current output (active)

Automation system with current input (e.g. PLC)
Analog display unit: observe maximum load
Transmitter

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1Electrical connection

2

3

4
4...20 mA

A0028759

 19
1
2
3
4

Connection example for 4-20 mA current output (passive)

Automation system with current input (e.g. PLC)
Active barrier for power supply (e.g. RN221N)
Analog display unit: observe maximum load
Transmitter

Pulse/frequency output

1

2

3

12345
A0028761

 20
1
2
3

Connection example for pulse/frequency output (passive)

Automation system with pulse/frequency input (e.g. PLC)
Power supply
Transmitter: Observe input values →  202

Switch output

1

2

3

A0028760

 21
1
2
3

Endress+Hauser

Connection example for switch output (passive)

Automation system with switch input (e.g. PLC)
Power supply
Transmitter: Observe input values →  202

55

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Relay output

1

2

3

A0028760

 22
1
2
3

Connection example for relay output (passive)

Automation system with relay input (e.g. PLC)
Power supply
Transmitter: Observe input values →  203

Current input
1

2

3

4

A0028915

 23
1
2
3
4

Connection example for 4 to 20 mA current input

Power supply
Terminal box
External measuring device (to read in pressure or temperature, for instance)
Transmitter

Status input

1

2

3

A0028764

 24
1
2
3

56

Connection example for status input

Automation system with status output (e.g. PLC)
Power supply
Transmitter

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.6

Electrical connection

Ensuring the degree of protection

The measuring device fulfills all the requirements for the IP66/67 degree of protection,
Type 4X enclosure.
To guarantee IP66/67 degree of protection, Type 4X enclosure, carry out the following
steps after the electrical connection:
1.

Check that the housing seals are clean and fitted correctly.

2.

Dry, clean or replace the seals if necessary.

3.

Tighten all housing screws and screw covers.

4.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.

5.

To ensure that moisture does not enter the cable entry:
Route the cable so that it loops down before the cable entry ("water trap").
A0029278

Endress+Hauser

6.

Insert dummy plugs into unused cable entries.

7.7

Post-connection check

Are cables or the device undamaged (visual inspection)?



Do the cables used meet the requirements?

Do the cables have adequate strain relief?



Are all the cable glands installed, firmly tightened and leak-tight? Cable run with "water trap"→  57?



57

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8

Operation options

8.1

Overview of operation options

ESC

-

+

1

E

2

3

4

5

6
A0034513

1
2
3
4
5
6

58

Local operation via display module
Computer with Web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer) or with operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare, AMS
Device Manager, SIMATIC PDM)
Field Xpert SFX350 or SFX370
Field Xpert SMT70
Mobile handheld terminal
Control system (e.g. PLC)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operation options

8.2

Structure and function of the operating menu

8.2.1

Structure of the operating menu

For an overview of the operating menu for experts: "Description of Device Parameters"
document supplied with the device→  227

Operating menu for operators and maintenances
Language
Operatation!
Language

Operator

Parameter 1
Parameter n
Submenu 1
Submenu n
Setup

Device tag

Wizard n / Parameter nAdvanced setup

Enter access code
Parameter 1

Task-oriented

Maintenance

Wizard 1 / Parameter 1

Parameter n
Submenu 1
Submenu n
Diagnostics

Parameter 1
Parameter n
Submenu 1
Submenu nOperating menu for experts
ExpertAccess status display
Parameter n

Sensor
Input
OutputCommunication

Function-oriented

ExpertSystemApplication
Diagnostics

A0018237-EN

 25

Endress+Hauser

Schematic structure of the operating menu

59

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8.2.2

Operating philosophy

The individual parts of the operating menu are assigned to certain user roles (operator,
maintenance etc.). Each user role contains typical tasks within the device lifecycle.
For custody transfer, once the device has been put into circulation or sealed, its
operation is restricted.
Menu/parameter
Language

Operation
Setup

task-oriented

User role and tasks

Content/meaning

Role "Operator", "Maintenance"
Tasks during operation:• Configuring the operational
display• Reading measured values• Defining the operating language• Defining the Web server operating language• Resetting and controlling totalizers"Maintenance" roleCommissioning:• Configuration of themeasurement• Configuration of the inputs andoutputs• Configuration of thecommunication interface

Wizards for fast commissioning:• Setting the system units• Configuration of the communication interface• Defining the medium• Displaying the I/O/configuration• Configuring the inputs• Configuring the outputs• Configuration of the operational display• Setting the low flow cut off• Configuring partial and empty pipe detection• Configuring the operational display (e.g. display format, display contrast)• Resetting and controlling totalizers

Advanced setup• For more customized configuration of the measurement (adaptation to
special measuring conditions)• Configuration of totalizers• Configuring the WLAN settings• Administration (define access code, reset measuring device)
Diagnostics

60"Maintenance" role
Fault elimination:• Diagnostics and elimination ofprocess and device errors• Measured value simulation

Contains all parameters for error detection and analyzing process and device
errors:• Diagnostic list
Contains up to 5 currently pending diagnostic messages.
• Event logbook
Contains event messages that have occurred.
• Device information
Contains information for identifying the device.
• Measured values
Contains all current measured values.
• Data logging submenu with "Extended HistoROM" order option
Storage and visualization of measured values• Heartbeat
The functionality of the device is checked on demand and the verification
results are documented.
• Simulation
Is used to simulate measured values or output values.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Menu/parameter
Expertfunction-oriented

Operation options

User role and tasks

Content/meaning

Tasks that require detailed
knowledge of the function of thedevice:• Commissioning measurements
under difficult conditions• Optimal adaptation of themeasurement to difficult
conditions• Detailed configuration of thecommunication interface• Error diagnostics in difficult
cases

Contains all the parameters of the device and makes it possible to accessthese parameters directly using an access code. The structure of this menu isbased on the function blocks of the device:• SystemContains all higher-order device parameters which do not concern themeasurement or the communication interface.
• Sensor
Configuration of the measurement.
• Output
Configure the pulse/frequency/switch output.
• Input
Configuration of the status input.
• Output
Configuration of the analog current outputs as well as the pulse/frequency
and switch output.
• Communication
Configuration of the digital communication interface and the Web server.
• Submenus for function blocks (e.g. "Analog Inputs")
Configuration of function blocks.
• Application
Configuration of the functions that go beyond the actual measurement (e.g.
totalizer).
• Diagnostics
Error detection and analysis of process and device errors and for device
simulation and Heartbeat Technology.

8.3

Access to the operating menu via the local display

8.3.1

Operational display
1
2

XXXXXXXXX

4F

31120.50kg/h

5A0029348

1
2
3
4
5

Endress+Hauser

Operational display
Device tag
Status area
Display area for measured values (4-line)
Operating elements→  67

61

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Status area
The following symbols appear in the status area of the operational display at the top right:• Status signals→  153• F: Failure• C: Function check• S: Out of specification• M: Maintenance required• Diagnostic behavior→  154• : Alarm• : Warning• : Locking (the device is locked via the hardware )• : Communication (communication via remote operation is active)
Display area
In the display area, each measured value is prefaced by certain symbol types for further
description:
Measured values
SymbolMeaning
Mass flow• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density
Temperature
Totalizer
The measurement channel number indicates which of the three totalizers is displayed.
Status input

Measurement channel numbers
SymbolMeaning
Measurement channel 1 to 4

The measurement channel number is displayed only if more than one channel is present for the same measured
variable type (e.g. Totalizer 1 to 3).

Diagnostic behavior
The diagnostic behavior pertains to a diagnostic event that is relevant to the displayed measured variable.
For information on the symbols →  154

The number and display format of the measured values can be configured via theFormat display parameter (→  114).

62

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8.3.2

2

Operation options

Navigation view
In the submenu

In the wizard

1

10091-1/../Operation
Access stat.disp

3

2

3

/../Select medium
Select medium

Operator
Locking status
Display

Liquid4

4

5

5A0013993-EN

1
2
3
4
5

A0013995-EN

Navigation view
Navigation path to current position
Status area
Display area for navigation
Operating elements →  67

Navigation path
The navigation path - displayed at the top left in the navigation view - consists of thefollowing elements:• In the submenu:
Display symbol for menu
• In the wizard:
Display symbol for wizard↓
ExamplesOmission symbol for
operating menu levels in
betweenName of current• Submenu• Wizard• Parameters

↓

↓

/ ../

Display/ ../Display

For more information about the icons in the menu, refer to the "Display area" section→  64
Status area
The following appears in the status area of the navigation view in the top right corner:• In the submenu• The direct access code for the parameter you are navigating to (e.g. 0022-1)• If a diagnostic event is present, the diagnostic behavior and status signal• In the wizard
If a diagnostic event is present, the diagnostic behavior and status signal• For information on the diagnostic behavior and status signal →  153• For information on the function and entry of the direct access code →  69

Endress+Hauser

63

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Display area
Menus
SymbolMeaning
Operation
Appears:• In the menu next to the "Operation" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the Operation menu
Setup
Appears:• In the menu next to the "Setup" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the Setup menu
Diagnostics
Appears:• In the menu next to the "Diagnostics" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the Diagnostics menu
ExpertAppears:• In the menu next to the "Expert" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the Expert menu

Submenus, wizards, parameters
SymbolMeaning
Submenu
WizardParameters within a wizard

 No display symbol exists for parameters in submenus.
Locking
SymbolMeaningParameter locked
When displayed in front of a parameter name, indicates that the parameter is locked.
• By a user-specific access code
• By the hardware write protection switch

Wizard operation
SymbolMeaning
Switches to the previous parameter.
Confirms the parameter value and switches to the next parameter.
Opens the editing view of the parameter.

64

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8.3.3

Operation options

Editing view

Numeric editor
1

0
5
+

2

1
6
–

+0.000 Xx
2
3
8
7

4
9

3

4
A0034250

 26
1
2
3
4

For entering values in parameters (e.g. limit values)

Entry display area
Input screen
Confirm, delete or reject entry
Operating elements

Text editor
1

2

XxxxxxxA B C D E F G H I J K
L M N O P Q R S T U V W
X Y Z

6
7

3
5
4

A0034114

 27
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

For entering text in parameters (e.g. tag name)

Entry display area
Current input screen
Change input screen
Operating elements
Move entry position
Delete entry
Reject or confirm entry

Using the operating elements in the editing viewOperating key(s)Meaning
Minus keyMove the entry position to the left.
Plus keyMove the entry position to the right.

Endress+Hauser

65

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operating key(s)MeaningEnter key
• Press the key briefly: confirm your selection.
• Press the key for 2 s: confirm the entry.

+

Escape key combination (press keys simultaneously)
Close the editing view without accepting the changes.

Input screens
SymbolMeaning
Upper case
Lower caseNumbers
Punctuation marks and special characters: = + – * / ² ³ ¼ ½ ¾ ( ) [ ] < > { }Punctuation marks and special characters: ' " `^. , ; : ? ! % µ ° € $ £ ¥ § @ # / \ I ~ & _Umlauts and accents

Controlling data entries
SymbolMeaningMove entry position
Reject entry
Confirm entry
Delete character immediately to the left of the entry position
Delete character immediately to the right of the entry position
Clear all the characters entered

66

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8.3.4

Operation options

Operating elements

Operating key(s)Meaning
Minus key
In a menu, submenu
Moves the selection bar upwards in a picklist.
With a Wizard
Confirms the parameter value and goes to the previous parameter.
With a text and numeric editor
Move the entry position to the left.
Plus key
In a menu, submenu
Moves the selection bar downwards in a picklist.
With a Wizard
Confirms the parameter value and goes to the next parameter.
With a text and numeric editor
Move the entry position to the right.
Enter key
For operational display
Pressing the key briefly opens the operating menu.
In a menu, submenu• Pressing the key briefly:• Opens the selected menu, submenu or parameter.
• Starts the wizard.
• If help text is open, closes the help text of the parameter.
• Pressing the key for 2 s for parameter:
If present, opens the help text for the function of the parameter.
With a Wizard
Opens the editing view of the parameter.
With a text and numeric editor• Press the key briefly: confirm your selection.
• Press the key for 2 s: confirm the entry.
Escape key combination (press keys simultaneously)
In a menu, submenu• Pressing the key briefly:• Exits the current menu level and takes you to the next higher level.
• If help text is open, closes the help text of the parameter.
• Pressing the key for 2 s returns you to the operational display ("home position").

+With a Wizard
Exits the wizard and takes you to the next higher level.
With a text and numeric editor
Close the editing view without accepting the changes.
Minus/Enter key combination (press the keys simultaneously)• If the keypad lock is active:
Press the key for 3 s: deactivate the keypad lock.
• If the keypad lock is not active:
Press the key for 3 s: the context menu opens along with the option for activating the
keypad lock.

+

8.3.5

Opening the context menu

Using the context menu, the user can call up the following menus quickly and directly fromthe operational display:• Setup• Data backup• Simulation

Endress+Hauser

67

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Calling up and closing the context menu
The user is in the operational display.
1.

Press the  and  keys for longer than 3 seconds.
 The context menu opens.
XXXXXXXXXX
Setup
Conf.backup
Simulation
Keylock on

l/hA0034608-EN

2.

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The context menu is closed and the operational display appears.

Calling up the menu via the context menu

681.

Open the context menu.

2.

Press  to navigate to the desired menu.

3.

Press  to confirm the selection.
 The selected menu opens.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8.3.6

Operation options

Navigating and selecting from list

Different operating elements are used to navigate through the operating menu. The
navigation path is displayed on the left in the header. Icons are displayed in front of theindividual menus. These icons are also shown in the header during navigation.
For an explanation of the navigation view with symbols and operating elements→  63
Example: Setting the number of displayed measured values to "2 values"
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
1.

0104-1Main menu
Language

EnglishDisplay/operat.
Setup

2.

Main menu
Language
Display/operat.
Setup/ ../Display/operat.

0091-1

Access stat.disp

3.

Operator
Locking status
Display/ ../Display/operat.
Locking status
Display4.

/ ../Display

0098-1

Format display
1 value, max.
Contrast display
Display intervall

5.

/ ../Format display
1 value, max.
Bargr. + 1 value
2 values
Val. large+2val.

6.

0098-1/ ../Format display
1 value, max.
Bargr. + 1 value
2 values
Val. large+2val.

7.

0098-1XXXXXXXXX

8.

2s

10.50
mA
2800
Hz
A0029562-EN

8.3.7

Calling the parameter directly

A parameter number is assigned to every parameter to be able to access a parameter
directly via the onsite display. Entering this access code in the Direct access parameter
calls up the desired parameter directly.
Navigation path
Expert → Direct accessEndress+Hauser

69

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

The direct access code consists of a 5-digit number (at maximum) and the channel
number, which identifies the channel of a process variable: e.g. 00914-2. In the navigation
view, this appears on the right-hand side in the header of the selected parameter.
00914-2

1

A0029414

1

Direct access code

Note the following when entering the direct access code:• The leading zeros in the direct access code do not have to be entered.
Example: Enter "914" instead of "00914"• If no channel number is entered, channel 1 is accessed automatically.
Example: Enter 00914 → Assign process variable parameter• If a different channel is accessed: Enter the direct access code with the corresponding
channel number.
Example: Enter 00914-2 → Assign process variable parameter
For the direct access codes of the individual parameters, see the "Description of Device
Parameters" document for the device

8.3.8

Calling up help text

Help text is available for some parameters and can be called up from the navigation view.
The help text provides a brief explanation of the parameter function and thereby supports
swift and safe commissioning.
Calling up and closing the help text
The user is in the navigation view and the selection bar is on a parameter.
1.

Press  for 2 s.
 The help text for the selected parameter opens.
Ent. access code
Enter access code to disable
write protec.

A0014002-EN

 28

2.

Example: Help text for parameter "Enter access code"

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The help text is closed.

8.3.9

Changing the parameters

Parameters can be changed via the numeric editor or text editor.
• Numeric editor: Change values in a parameter, e.g. specifications for limit values.
• Text editor: Enter text in a parameter, e.g. tag name.
A message is displayed if the value entered is outside the permitted value range.

70

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operation options

Ent. access code
Invalid or out of range input
value
Min:0
Max:9999
A0014049-EN

For a description of the editing view - consisting of the text editor and numeric editor- with symbols →  65, for a description of the operating elements →  67

8.3.10User roles and related access authorization

The two user roles "Operator" and "Maintenance" have different write access to theparameters if the customer defines a user-specific access code. This protects the device
configuration via the local display from unauthorized access →  132.
Defining access authorization for user roles
An access code is not yet defined when the device is delivered from the factory. Accessauthorization (read and write access) to the device is not restricted and corresponds to the"Maintenance" user role.

‣ Define the access code.
 The "Operator" user role is redefined in addition to the "Maintenance" user role.
Access authorization differs for the two user roles.
Access authorization to parameters: "Maintenance" user role
Access code status

Read access

Write accessAn access code has not yet been defined(factory setting).



After an access code has been defined.



 1)

1)

The user only has write access after entering the access code.

Access authorization to parameters: "Operator" user role
Access code status
After an access code has been defined.
1)

Read access

Write access



–– 1)

Despite the defined access code, certain parameters can always be modified and thus are excepted fromthe write protection, as they do not affect the measurement. Refer to the "Write protection via access code"
sectionThe user role with which the user is currently logged on is indicated by the Accessstatus parameter. Navigation path: Operation → Access status

8.3.11Disabling write protection via access code

If the -symbol appears on the local display in front of a parameter, the parameter iswrite-protected by a user-specific access code and its value cannot be changed at the
moment using local operation →  132.
Parameter write protection via local operation can be disabled by entering the user-specificaccess code in the Enter access code parameter (→  119) via the respective access
option.
1.
Endress+Hauser

After you press , the input prompt for the access code appears.
71Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2.

Enter the access code.
 The -symbol in front of the parameters disappears; all previously writeprotected parameters are now re-enabled.

8.3.12

Enabling and disabling the keypad lockThe keypad lock makes it possible to block access to the entire operating menu via local
operation. As a result, it is no longer possible to navigate through the operating menu orchange the values of individual parameters. Users can only read the measured values on
the operational display.
The keypad lock is switched on and off via the context menu.
Switching on the keypad lockThe keypad lock is switched on automatically:• If the device has not been operated via the display for > 1 minute.
• Each time the device is restarted.
To activate the keylock manually:1.

The device is in the measured value display.
Press the  and  keys for 3 seconds.
 A context menu appears.

2.

In the context menu select the Keylock on option.
 The keypad lock is switched on.
If the user attempts to access the operating menu while the keypad lock is active, theKeylock on message appears.

Switching off the keypad lock

‣ The keypad lock is switched on.
Press the  and  keys for 3 seconds.
 The keypad lock is switched off.

8.4

Access to the operating menu via the Web browser

8.4.1

Function range

Thanks to the integrated Web server, the device can be operated and configured via a Web
browser and via a service interface (CDI-RJ45) or via a WLAN interface. The structure of
the operating menu is the same as for the local display. In addition to the measured values,
status information on the device is also displayed and allows the user to monitor the statusof the device. Furthermore the device data can be managed and the network parameters
can be configured.
A device that has a WLAN interface (can be ordered as an option) is required for the
WLAN connection: order code for "Display; operation", option G "4-line, illuminated; touch
control + WLAN". The device acts as an Access Point and enables communication bycomputer or a mobile handheld terminal.
For additional information on the Web server, refer to the Special Documentation forthe device →  227

72

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8.4.2

Operation options

Prerequisites

Computer hardware
Hardware

Interface
CDI-RJ45

WLAN

Interface

The computer must have an RJ45
interface.

The operating unit must have a
WLAN interface.

Connection

Standard Ethernet cable with RJ45
connector.

Connection via Wireless LAN.

ScreenRecommended size: ≥12" (depends on the screen resolution)

Computer software
Software

Interface
CDI-RJ45

Recommended operating
systems

WLAN• Microsoft Windows 7 or higher.
• Mobile operating systems:• iOS• Android Microsoft Windows XP is supported.
Web browsers supported• Microsoft Internet Explorer 8 or higher• Microsoft Edge
• Mozilla Firefox• Google Chrome• SafariComputer settings
Settings

Interface
CDI-RJ45

WLAN

User rights

Appropriate user rights (e.g. administrator rights) for TCP/IP and proxy server
settings are necessary (for adjusting the IP address, subnet mask etc.).

Proxy server settings of the
Web browser

The Web browser setting Use a Proxy Server for Your LAN must be
deselected .

JavaScript

JavaScript must be enabled.
JavaScript cannot be enabled: Ifenter
http://192.168.1.212/basic.html in the address line of the Webbrowser. A fully functional but simplified version of the operating menu
structure starts in the Web browser.
installing a new firmware version: To enable correct data display, Whenclear the temporary memory (cache) of the Web browser under Internet
options.

Network connections

Only the active network connections to the measuring device should be used.
Switch off all other network
connections such as WLAN.

Switch off all other network
connections.

In the event of connection problems: →  148

Endress+Hauser

73

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Measuring device: Via CDI-RJ45 service interface
Device

CDI-RJ45 service interface

Measuring device

The measuring device has an RJ45 interface.

Web server

Web server must be enabled; factory setting: ON

 For information on enabling the Web server →  78
Measuring device: via WLAN interface
DeviceWLAN interface

Measuring device

The measuring device has a WLAN antenna:• Transmitter with integrated WLAN antenna• Transmitter with external WLAN antenna

Web server

Web server and WLAN must be enabled; factory setting: ON

 For information on enabling the Web server →  78
8.4.3

Establishing a connection

Via service interface (CDI-RJ45)
Preparing the measuring device
Proline 500 – digital
1.

Loosen the 4 fixing screws on the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

The location of the connection socket depends on the measuring device and thecommunication protocol:
Connect the computer to the RJ45 connector via the standard Ethernet connecting
cable .

Proline 500
1.

Depending on the housing version:
Release the securing clamp or securing screw of the housing cover.

2.

Depending on the housing version:
Unscrew or open the housing cover.

3.

The location of the connection socket depends on the measuring device and thecommunication protocol:
Connect the computer to the RJ45 connector via the standard Ethernet connecting
cable .

Configuring the Internet protocol of the computer
The following information refers to the default Ethernet settings of the device.
IP address of the device: 192.168.1.212 (factory setting)74

1.

Switch on the measuring device.

2.

Connect to the computer using a cable →  79.

3.

If a 2nd network card is not used, close all the applications on the notebook.
 Applications requiring Internet or a network, such as e-mail, SAP applications,Internet or Windows Explorer.

4.

Close any open Internet browsers.

5.

Configure the properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP) as defined in the table:
Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operation options

IP address

192.168.1.XXX; for XXX all numerical sequences except: 0, 212 and 255 → e.g.
192.168.1.213

Subnet mask

255.255.255.0

Default gateway

192.168.1.212 or leave cells empty

Via WLAN interface
Configuring the Internet protocol of the mobile terminal
NOTICE
If the WLAN connection is lost during the configuration, settings made may be lost.
‣ Make sure that the WLAN connection is not disconnected while configuring the device.
NOTICEIn principle, avoid simultaneous access to the measuring device via the service
interface (CDI-RJ45) and the WLAN interface from the same mobile terminal. This
could cause a network conflict.
‣ Only activate one service interface (CDI-RJ45 service interface or WLAN interface).
‣ If simultaneous communication is necessary: configure different IP address ranges, e.g.
192.168.0.1 (WLAN interface) and 192.168.1.212 (CDI-RJ45 service interface).
Preparing the mobile terminal‣ Enable WLAN reception on the mobile terminal.
Establishing a connection from the mobile terminal to the measuring device
1.

In the WLAN settings of the mobile terminal:
Select the measuring device using the SSID (e.g. EH_Promass_500_A802000).

2.

If necessary, select the WPA2 encryption method.

3.

Enter the password: serial number of the measuring device ex-works (e.g.
L100A802000).
 LED on display module flashes: it is now possible to operate the measuring device
with the Web browser, FieldCare or DeviceCare.
The serial number can be found on the nameplate.
To ensure the safe and swift assignment of the WLAN network to the measuring
point, it is advisable to change the SSID name. It should be possible to clearly assign
the new SSID name to the measuring point (e.g. tag name) because it is displayed as
the WLAN network.

Disconnecting‣ After configuring the device:
Terminate the WLAN connection between the operating unit and measuring device.
Starting the Web browser
1.

Endress+Hauser

Start the Web browser on the computer.

75

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2.

Enter the IP address of the Web server in the address line of the Web browser:
192.168.1.212
 The login page appears.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7
8
9
10
A0029417

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Picture of device
Device name
Device tag
Status signal
Current measured values
Operating language
User role
Access code
Login
Reset access code (→  129)

If a login page does not appear, or if the page is incomplete →  148

8.4.4

Logging on

1.

Select the preferred operating language for the Web browser.

2.

Enter the user-specific access code.

3.

Press OK to confirm your entry.

Access code

0000 (factory setting); can be changed by customer

If no action is performed for 10 minutes, the Web browser automatically returns to
the login page.

76

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8.4.5

Operation options

User interface

1
2

3
A0029418

1
2
3Function row
Local display language
Navigation area

Header
The following information appears in the header:• Device name• Device tag• Device status with status signal →  156• Current measured values
Function row
Functions

Meaning

Measured values

Displays the measured values of the measuring device

Menu

Endress+Hauser• Access to the operating menu from the measuring device• The structure of the operating menu is the same as for the local display
detailed information on the structure of the operating menu, see the Operating
 For
Instructions for the measuring device

Device status

Displays the diagnostic messages currently pending, listed in order of priority

Data
management

Data exchange between PC and measuring device:• Device configuration:• Load settings from the device(XML format, save configuration)• Save settings to the device(XML format, restore configuration)• Logbook - Export Event logbook (.csv file)• Documents - Export documents:• Export backup data record(.csv file, create documentation of the measuring point configuration)• Verification report(PDF file, only available with the "Heartbeat Verification" application package)• File for system integration - If using fieldbuses, upload device drivers for system
integration from the measuring device:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus: DD file• Firmware update - Flashing a firmware version

Network
configuration

Configuration and checking of all the parameters required for establishing the connection to
the measuring device:• Network settings (e.g. IP address, MAC address)• Device information (e.g. serial number, firmware version)

Logout

End the operation and call up the login page77

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Navigation area
If a function is selected in the function bar, the submenus of the function open in thenavigation area. The user can now navigate through the menu structure.
Working area
Depending on the selected function and the related submenus, various actions can be
performed in this area:• Configuring parameters• Reading measured values• Calling up help text
• Starting an upload/download

8.4.6

Disabling the Web server

The Web server of the measuring device can be switched on and off as required using the
Web server functionality parameter.
Navigation"Expert" menu → Communication → Web server
Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Web server functionality

Description
Switch the Web server on and off.

Selection• Off• HTML Off• On

Function scope of the "Web server functionality" parameter
OptionDescription

Off• The web server is completely disabled.
• Port 80 is locked.

On• The complete functionality of the web server is available.
• JavaScript is used.
• The password is transferred in an encrypted state.
• Any change to the password is also transferred in an encrypted state.

Enabling the Web server
If the Web server is disabled it can only be re-enabled with the Web server functionality
parameter via the following operating options:• Via local display• Via Bedientool "FieldCare"• Via "DeviceCare" operating tool

8.4.7

Logging out

Before logging out, perform a data backup via the Data management function(upload configuration from device) if necessary.

78

1.

Select the Logout entry in the function row.
 The home page with the Login box appears.

2.

Close the Web browser.

3.

If no longer needed:
Reset modified properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP) →  74.
Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

8.5

Operation options

Access to the operating menu via the operating tool

The structure of the operating menu in the operating tools is the same as for operation via
the local display.

8.5.1

Connecting the operating tool

Via FOUNDATION Fieldbus network
This communication interface is available in device versions with FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
1

1

2

3
4
5
6

7

8

9

6

7

8

9
A0028837

 29
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Options for remote operation via FOUNDATION Fieldbus network

Automation system
Computer with FOUNDATION Fieldbus network card
Industry network
High Speed Ethernet FF-HSE network
Segment coupler FF-HSE/FF-H1
FOUNDATION Fieldbus FF-H1 network
Power supply FF-H1 network
T-box
Measuring device

Service interface
Via service interface (CDI-RJ45)
A point-to-point connection can be established to configure the device onsite. With the
housing open, the connection is established directly via the service interface (CDI-RJ45) of
the device.
An adapter for RJ45 and the M12 connector is optionally available:
Order code for "Accessories", option NB: "Adapter RJ45 M12 (service interface)"
The adapter connects the service interface (CDI-RJ45) to an M12 connector mounted
in the cable entry. Therefore the connection to the service interface can be established
via an M12 connector without opening the device.

Endress+Hauser

79

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Proline 500 – digital transmitter

1
open
press

3

2

A0029163

 30
1
2
3

Connection via service interface (CDI-RJ45)

Computer with Web browser (e.g. Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge) for accessing the integrated
device Web server or with "FieldCare", "DeviceCare" operating tool with COM DTM "CDI Communication TCP/IP"
Standard Ethernet connecting cable with RJ45 connector
Service interface (CDI-RJ45) of the measuring device with access to the integrated Web server

Proline 500 transmitter

1
3

2

A0027563

 31
1
2
3

Connection via service interface (CDI-RJ45)

Computer with Web browser (e.g. Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge) for accessing the integrated
device Web server or with "FieldCare", "DeviceCare" operating tool with COM DTM "CDI Communication TCP/IP"
Standard Ethernet connecting cable with RJ45 connector
Service interface (CDI-RJ45) of the measuring device with access to the integrated Web server

Via WLAN interface
The optional WLAN interface is available on the following device version:
Order code for "Display; operation", option G "4-line, illuminated; touch control + WLAN"

80

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3

Operation options

4

3

4

1

1

2

2

5

6

3

3

4

4

7
A0034569

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Transmitter with integrated WLAN antenna
Transmitter with external WLAN antenna
LED lit constantly: WLAN reception is enabled on measuring device
LED flashing: WLAN connection established between operating unit and measuring device
Computer with WLAN interface and Web browser (e.g. Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge) foraccessing the integrated device Web server or with operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare)
Mobile handheld terminal with WLAN interface and Web browser (e.g. Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft
Edge) for accessing the integrated device Web server or operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare)
Smart phone or tablet (e.g. Field Xpert SMT70)

Function

WLAN: IEEE 802.11 b/g (2.4 GHz)

Encryption

WPA2-PSK AES-128 (in accordance with IEEE 802.11i)

Configurable WLAN channels

1 to 11Degree of protection

IP67

Available antennas• Internal antenna• External antenna (optional)
In the event of poor transmission/reception conditions at the place ofinstallation.

 Only one antenna active in each case!
Range• Internal antenna: typically 10 m (32 ft)• External antenna: typically 50 m (164 ft)

Materials (external antenna)• Antenna: ASA plastic (acrylic ester-styrene-acrylonitrile) and nickelplated brass• Adapter: Stainless steel and nickel-plated brass• Cable: Polyethylene• Connector: Nickel-plated brass• Angle bracket: Stainless steel

Configuring the Internet protocol of the mobile terminal
NOTICE
If the WLAN connection is lost during the configuration, settings made may be lost.
‣ Make sure that the WLAN connection is not disconnected while configuring the device.

Endress+Hauser

81

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

NOTICEIn principle, avoid simultaneous access to the measuring device via the service
interface (CDI-RJ45) and the WLAN interface from the same mobile terminal. This
could cause a network conflict.
‣ Only activate one service interface (CDI-RJ45 service interface or WLAN interface).
‣ If simultaneous communication is necessary: configure different IP address ranges, e.g.
192.168.0.1 (WLAN interface) and 192.168.1.212 (CDI-RJ45 service interface).
Preparing the mobile terminal‣ Enable WLAN reception on the mobile terminal.
Establishing a connection from the mobile terminal to the measuring device
1.

In the WLAN settings of the mobile terminal:
Select the measuring device using the SSID (e.g. EH_Promass_500_A802000).

2.

If necessary, select the WPA2 encryption method.

3.

Enter the password: serial number of the measuring device ex-works (e.g.
L100A802000).
 LED on display module flashes: it is now possible to operate the measuring device
with the Web browser, FieldCare or DeviceCare.
The serial number can be found on the nameplate.
To ensure the safe and swift assignment of the WLAN network to the measuring
point, it is advisable to change the SSID name. It should be possible to clearly assign
the new SSID name to the measuring point (e.g. tag name) because it is displayed as
the WLAN network.

Disconnecting‣ After configuring the device:
Terminate the WLAN connection between the operating unit and measuring device.

8.5.2

Field Xpert SFX350, SFX370

Function range
Field Xpert SFX350 and Field Xpert SFX370 are mobile computers for commissioning andmaintenance. They enable efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices in the non-hazardous area (SFX350, SFX370) andhazardous area (SFX370).
For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S
Source for device description files
See information →  85

8.5.3

FieldCare

Function scope
FDT-based plant asset management tool from Endress+Hauser. It can configure all smart
field devices in a system and helps you manage them. By using the status information, it isalso a simple but effective way of checking their status and condition.
Access is via:
• CDI-RJ45 service interface →  79
• WLAN interface→  80
82

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operation options

Typical functions:• Configuring parameters of transmitters• Loading and saving device data (upload/download)• Documentation of the measuring point• Visualization of the measured value memory (line recorder) and event logbook
For additional information about FieldCare, see Operating Instructions BA00027S
and BA00059S
Source for device description files
See information →  85
Establishing a connection
For additional information, see Operating Instructions BA00027S and BA00059S
User interface
2

4

3

6

5

7

Xxxxxx/…/…/

1

Device name:

Xxxxxxx

Mass flow:

12.34

kg/h

Device tag:

Xxxxxxx

Volume flow:

12.34

m³/h

Status:Good

XxxxxxAccess status tooling+
Operation
P

–

Setup
Device tag–
System unitsP
Mass flow unit
P
Volume flow unit+
Select medium
P

8

+

…

+

…

+

Maintenance

Mass flow unit:

kg/hVolume flow unit:m³/h

Xxxxxx
kg/h
m³/h

9

Advanced setup+

Diagnostics+

Expert10

11A0021051-EN

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

HeaderPicture of device
Device name
Device tag
Status area with status signal→  156
Display area for current measured values
Edit toolbar with additional functions such as save/restore, event list and create documentation
Navigation area with operating menu structure
Working area
Range of action
Status area

8.5.4

DeviceCare

Function scope
Tool to connect and configure Endress+Hauser field devices.
Endress+Hauser

83

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

The fastest way to configure Endress+Hauser field devices is with the dedicated"DeviceCare" tool. Together with the device type managers (DTMs) it presents a convenient,comprehensive solution.
For details, see Innovation Brochure IN01047S
Source for device description files
See information →  85

8.5.5

AMS Device Manager

Function scope
Program from Emerson Process Management for operating and configuring measuring
devices via FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 protocol.
Source for device description files
See data →  85

8.5.6

Field Communicator 475

Function scope
Industrial handheld terminal from Emerson Process Management for remoteconfiguration and measured value display via FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 protocol.
Source for device description files
See data →  85

84

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

System integration

9

System integration

9.1

Overview of device description files

9.1.1

Current version data for the device

Firmware version

01.00.zz• On the title page of the Operating instructions• On the transmitter nameplate• Firmware version
Diagnostics → Device information → Firmware
versionRelease date of firmware version

02.2017---

Manufacturer ID

0x452B48 (hex) Manufacturer ID
Diagnostics → Device information → Manufacturer ID

Device type ID

0x103B (hex)

Device type
Diagnostics → Device information → Device type

Device revision1• On the transmitter nameplate• Device revision
Diagnostics → Device information → Device revision

DD revision

Information and files under:• www.endress.com• www.fieldbus.org

CFF revision

For an overview of the different firmware versions for the device →  190

9.1.2

Operating tools

The suitable device description file for the individual operating tools is listed in the tablebelow, along with information on where the file can be acquired.
Operating tool via
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Sources for obtaining device descriptions

FieldCare• www.endress.com → Download Area
• CD–ROM (contact Endress+Hauser)• DVD (contact Endress+Hauser)

DeviceCare• www.endress.com → Download Area
• CD–ROM (contact Endress+Hauser)• DVD (contact Endress+Hauser)• Field Xpert SFX350• Field Xpert SFX370

Use update function of handheld terminal

AMS Device Manager(Emerson Process Management)www.endress.com → Download Area

Field Communicator 475(Emerson Process Management)

Use update function of handheld terminal

9.2

Cyclic data transmission

Cyclic data transmission when using the device master file (GSD).

9.2.1

Block model

The block model shows which input and output data the measuring device makes available
for cyclic data exchange. Cyclic data exchange takes place with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus
master (Class 1), e.g. a control system etc.
Endress+Hauser

85

System integration

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Display text (xxxx... = serial number)Base index

Description

RESOURCE_ xxxxxxxxxxx

400

Resource block

SETUP_ xxxxxxxxxxx

600"Setup" Transducer block

TRDDISP_ xxxxxxxxxxx

800"Display" Transducer block

TRDHROM_ xxxxxxxxxxx

1000"HistoROM" Transducer block

TRDDIAG_ xxxxxxxxxxx

1200"Diagnostic" Transducer block

EXPERT_CONFIG_xxxxxxxxxxx

1400"Expert configuration" Transducer block

SERVICE_SENSOR_xxxxxxxxxxx

1600"Service sensor" Transducer block

TRDTIC_xxxxxxxxxxx

1800"Totalizer" Transducer block

TRDHBT_ xxxxxxxxxxx

2000

Transducer block “Heartbeat results“

ANALOG_INPUT_1_xxxxxxxxxxx

3400

Analog Input function block 1 (AI)ANALOG_INPUT_2_xxxxxxxxxxx

3600

Analog Input function block 2 (AI)ANALOG_INPUT_3_xxxxxxxxxxx

3800

Analog Input function block 3 (AI)ANALOG_INPUT_4_xxxxxxxxxxx

4000

Analog Input function block 4 (AI)ANALOG_INPUT_5_xxxxxxxxxxx

4200

Analog Input function block 5 (AI)ANALOG_INPUT_6_xxxxxxxxxxx

4400

Analog Input function block 6 (AI)ANALOG_INPUT_7_xxxxxxxxxxx

4600

Analog Input function block 7 (AI)ANALOG_INPUT_8_xxxxxxxxxxx

4800

Analog Input function block 8 (AI)MAO_ xxxxxxxxxxx

5000

Multiple Analog Output block (MAO)

DIGITAL_INPUT_1_ xxxxxxxxxxx

5200

Digital Input function block 1 (DI)

DIGITAL_INPUT_2_ xxxxxxxxxxx

5400

Digital Input function block 2 (DI)MDO_ xxxxxxxxxxx

5600

Multiple Digital Output block (MDO)

PID_ xxxxxxxxxxx

5800

PID function block (PID)

INTEGRATOR_xxxxxxxxxxx

6000

Integrator function block (INTG)

9.2.2

Description of the modules

The input value of a module/function block is defined via the CHANNEL parameter.
AI module (Analog Input)
Eight Analog Input blocks are available.
CHANNEL86

Measured variable

0

Uninitialized (factory setting)7

Temperature

9

Volume flow

10

Concentration 1)

11

Mass flow

13

Corrected volume flow

14

Density15

Reference density

16

Totalizer 1

17

Totalizer 2

18

Totalizer 3

33

Oscillation frequency 1)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

CHANNEL

1)

System integration

Measured variable43

Frequency fluctuation 1)

51

Carrier pipe temperature 1)

57

Carrier mass flow 1)

58

Target mass flow 1)

63

Oscillation damping 1)

65

Electronic temperature

66

Tube damping fluctuation 1)

68

Exciter current 1)

81

HBSI 1)

99

Current input 1 1)

Visible depending on the order options or device settings

MAO module (Multiple Analog Output)
ChannelDescription

121

Channel_0

Structure
Channel_0
Value 1

1)

Value 2

Value 3

Value 4

ValuesMeasured variable

Value 1

External pressure 1)

Value 2External temperature 1)

Value 3External reference density 1)

Value 4

Not assigned

Value 5

Not assigned

Value 6

Not assigned

Value 7

Not assigned

Value 8

Not assigned

Value 5

Value 6

Value 7

Value 8The external measured values must be transmitted to the device in the SI basic unit

The selection is made via: Expert → Sensor → External compensation
DI module (Discrete Input)
Two Discrete Input blocks are available.
CHANNEL

Endress+Hauser

Device function

State

0

Uninitialized (factory setting)–101

Switch output state

0 = off, 1 = active103

Low flow cut off

0 = off, 1 = active

87

System integration

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

CHANNEL

Device function

State

104

Empty pipe detection

105

1)

Verification status

0 = off, 1 = active
Overall result of the verification
Verification:• 16 = Failed• 32 = Passed• 64 = Not performed
Verification status
Verification:• 1 = Not performed• 2 = Failed• 4 = Being performed• 8 = Finished
Status; result• 17 = Status: not performed;
Result: failed• 18 = Status: failed;
Result: failed• 20 = Status: being performed;
Result: failed• 24 = Status: finished;
Result: failed• 33 = Status: not performed;
Result: passed• 34 = Status: failed;
Result: passed• 36 = Status: being performed;
Result: passed• 40 = Status: finished;
Result: passed• 65 = Status: not performed;
Result: not performed• 66 = Status: failed;
Result: not performed• 68 = Status: being performed;
Result: not performed• 72 = Status: finished;
Result: not performed

1)

Only available with the Heartbeat Verification application package

MDO module (Multiple Discrete Output)
ChannelDescription

122

Channel_DO

Structure
Channel_DO
Value 1

88

Value 2

Value 3

Value 4

Value 5

Value 6

Value 7

Value

Device function

State

Value 1

Reset totalizer 1

0 = off, 1 = execute

Value 2

Reset totalizer 2

0 = off, 1 = execute

Value 3

Reset totalizer 3

0 = off, 1 = execute

Value 4

Flow override

Value 5

Start heartbeat verification

Value 6

Status output

Value 80 = off, 1 = active
1)

0 = off, 1 = start
0 = off, 1 = active

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1)

Value

Device function

State

Value 7

Zero point adjustment

0 = off, 1 = on

Value 8

Not assigned–

Only available with the Heartbeat Verification application package

9.2.3

Endress+Hauser

System integration

Execution times

Function block

Execution time (ms)Analog Input function block (AI)6

Digital Input function block (DI)4

PID function block (PID)

5

Multiple Analog Output block (MAO)

4

Multiple Digital Output block (MDO)

4

Integrator function block (INTG)

589

System integration

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

9.2.4

Methods

MethodBlockNavigation

Description

Set to "AUTO" mode

Resource block

Via menu:
Expert → Communication → Resource block→ Target modeThis method sets the Resource Block and all theTransducer Blocks to the AUTO (Automatic)mode.

Set to "OOS" mode

Resource block

Via menu:
Expert → Communication → Resource block→ Target modeThis method sets the Resource Block and all theTransducer Blocks to the OOS (Out of service)mode.

RestartResource block

Via menu:
Expert → Communication → Resource block→ Restart

This method is used to select the configuration
for the Restart parameter in the Resource Block.
This resets device parameters to a specific value.
The following options are supported:• Uninitialized• Run• Resource• Defaults• Processor• To delivery settings

ENP parameter

Resource block

Via menu:
Actions → Methods→ Calibrate → ENP
parameterThis method is used to display and configure theparameters of the electronic nameplate (ENP).

Overview diagnostics Remedy information

Diagnostic Transducer
Block

Via link:
Namur symbolThis method is used to display the diagnostic
event with the highest priority that is currently
active and the corresponding remedial
measures.

Actual diagnostics –Remedy information

Diagnostic Transducer
Block

Via menu:• Configure/Setup → Diagnostics → Actual
diagnostics• Device/Diagnostics → Diagnostics

This method is used to display remedial
measures for the diagnostic event with thehighest priority that is currently active.

Via menu:• Configure/Setup → Diagnostics → Previous
diagnostics• Device/Diagnostics → Diagnostics

This method is used to display remedial
measures for the previous diagnostic event.

Previous diagnostics –Remedy information

90

Diagnostic Transducer
BlockThis method is available only if an appropriate
diagnostic event has occurred.

method is available only if an Thisappropriate diagnostic event has occurred.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

10

Commissioning

10.1

Function check

Before commissioning the measuring device:‣ Make sure that the post-installation and post-connection checks have been performed.
• "Post-installation check" checklist→  32
• "Post-connection check" checklist →  57

10.2

Switching on the measuring device‣ After a successful function check, switch on the measuring device.
 After a successful startup, the local display switches automatically from the startup
display to the operational display.
If nothing appears on the local display or a diagnostic message is displayed, refer tothe section on "Diagnostics and troubleshooting" →  147.

10.3

Connecting via FieldCare• For FieldCare →  79 connection• For connecting via FieldCare →  83
• For the FieldCare →  83 user interface

10.4

Setting the operating language

Factory setting: English or ordered local language
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX
1.

XX
Main menu
Display language

0104-1EnglishOperation
Setup

2.

Display language
Ã English
DeutschEspañol
Français3.

4.

0104-1

Display language
Ã English
DeutschEspañol
Français
Hauptmenü
Sprache0104-10104-1
DeutschBetrieb
Setup
A0029420

 32

Endress+Hauser

Taking the example of the local display

91

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.5

Configuring the measuring device• The Setup menu with its guided wizards contains all the parameters needed for standard
operation.
• Navigation to the Setup menu
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
mA
1.

0104-1Main menu
Display language

EnglishDisplay/operat.
Setup
Main menu
Display/operat.
Setup

2.

Diagnostic/ ../Setup
Medium selection

3.

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
A0032222-EN

 33

Taking the example of the local display

Depending on the device version, not all submenus and parameters are available inevery device. The selection can vary depending on the order code.

 Setup
Device tag→  93‣ System units→  93‣ Medium selection→  96‣ Analog inputs→  98‣ I/O configuration→  98‣ Current input 1→  99‣ Status input 1

92‣ Current output 1→  101‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output 1→  104‣ Relay output 1→  111‣ Display→  113

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.5.1

Commissioning‣ Low flow cut off→  116‣ Partially filled pipe detection→  117‣ Advanced setup→  118

Defining the tag nameTo enable fast identification of the measuring point within the system, you can enter aunique designation using the Device tag parameter and thus change the factory setting.
1

XXXXXXXXX

A0029422

 34
1

Header of the operational display with tag nameTag nameEnter the tag name in the "FieldCare" operating tool →  83
Navigation"Setup" menu → Device tag
Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Device tag

Description
Enter the name for the measuring point.

10.5.2User entry
Max. 32 characters such as letters, numbers
or special characters (e. g. @, %, /)Setting the system units

In the System units submenu the units of all the measured values can be set.
Depending on the device version, not all submenus and parameters are available inevery device. The selection can vary depending on the order code.
Navigation"Setup" menu → System units‣ System units

Endress+Hauser

Mass flow unit

→  94Mass unit→  94

Volume flow unit

→  94

Volume unit

→  9493

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Corrected volume flow unit

→  94

Corrected volume unit

→  94

Density unit

→  94

Reference density unit

→  94Temperature unit

→  95Pressure unit

→  95

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Mass flow unit

Description
Select mass flow unit.

Selection

Factory setting

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kg/h• lb/minResultThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable
Mass unit

Select mass unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• kg
• lb

Volume flow unit

Select volume flow unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• l/h• gal/min (us)ResultThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable
Volume unit

Select volume unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• l (DN > 150 (6"): m³ option)• gal (us)Corrected volume flow unit

Select corrected volume flow unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• Nl/h• Sft³/min

ResultThe selected unit applies for:
Corrected volume flow parameter(→  137)
Corrected volume unit

Select corrected volume unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• Nl• Sft³

Density unit

Select density unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kg/l• lb/ft³

Unit choose list

Country-dependent• kg/Nl• lb/Sft³

ResultThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Simulation process variable• Density adjustment (Expert menu)
Reference density unit

94

Select reference density unit.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter
Temperature unit

Description
Select temperature unit.

Commissioning

Selection
Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• °C
• °F

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• bar a• psi aResultThe selected unit applies for:• Electronic temperature parameter(6053)• Maximum value parameter (6051)• Minimum value parameter (6052)• Maximum value parameter (6108)• Minimum value parameter (6109)• Carrier pipe temperature parameter(6027)• Maximum value parameter (6029)• Minimum value parameter (6030)• Reference temperature parameter(1816)• Temperature parameter
Pressure unit

Select process pressure unit.
ResultThe unit is taken from:• Pressure value parameter (→  97)• External pressure parameter (→  97)• Pressure value

Endress+Hauser

Factory setting95Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.5.3

Selecting and setting the medium

The Select medium wizard submenu contains parameters that must be configured inorder to select and set the medium.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Select medium‣ Medium selection

96

Select medium→  97

Select gas type→  97

Reference sound velocity→  97

Temperature coefficient sound velocity→  97

Pressure compensation→  97

Pressure value→  97External pressure→  97

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description• Liquid• Gas

Factory setting

Select medium–

Select gas type

The Gas option is selected in
Select measured gas type.
the Select medium parameter.

Reference sound velocity

In the Select gas typeparameter, the Others option
is selected.

Enter sound velocity of gas at 0 1 to 99 999.9999 m/°C (32 °F).
s–

Temperature coefficient soundvelocity

The Others option is selectedin the Select gas typeparameter.

Enter temperature coefficientfor the gas sound velocity.

Positive floatingpoint number

0 (m/s)/K

Pressure compensation–

Select pressure compensation
type.

• Off
• Fixed value• External value• Current input 1 *–Pressure value

The Fixed value option or theCurrent input 1…n option is
selected in the Pressurecompensation parameter.

Enter process pressure to be
used for pressure correction.

Positive floatingpoint number–

External pressure

The Fixed value option or theCurrent input 1…n option is
selected in the Pressurecompensation parameter.

Shows the external processpressure value.

Positive floatingpoint number–

Multi-frequency activation–

Switch the dual mode of thesensor on and off.

• No
• Yes

–

*

Select medium type.

Selection / User
entry / Userinterface
–

• Air
–
• Ammonia NH3• Argon Ar• Sulfur hexafluoride
SF6• Oxygen O2• Ozone O3• Nitrogen oxide
NOx• Nitrogen N2• Nitrous oxide N2O• Methane CH4• Hydrogen H2• Helium He• Hydrogen chloride
HCl• Hydrogen sulfide
H2S• Ethylene C2H4
• Carbon dioxide
CO2• Carbon monoxideCO• Chlorine Cl2• Butane C4H10• Propane C3H8
• Propylene C3H6
• Ethane C2H6
• Others

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

97Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.5.4

Configuring the analog inputs

The Analog inputs submenu guides the user systematically to the individual Analog input
1 to n submenu. From here you get to the parameters of the individual analog input.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Analog inputs‣ Analog inputs‣ Analog input 1 to n
Block tag

→  98Channel→  98Process Value Filter Time→  98Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User entry / Selection

Factory setting

Block tag

Unique name of the measuring device.

Max. 32 characters such as
letters, numbers or special
characters (e. g. @, %, /).

ANALOG_INPUT_1 ... 4_Serial
numberChannelUse this function to select the process
variable.

• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Density• Reference density• Concentration *• Temperature• Carrier pipe temperature *• Electronic temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation amplitude 0• Frequency fluctuation 0• Oscillation damping 0• Oscillation damping
fluctuation 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0• HBSI *• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• Current input 1 *• Uninitialized–

Process Value Filter TimeEnter the filter time specification for thefiltering of the unconverted input value(PV).

Positive floating-point number–*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.5.5

Displaying the I/O configuration

The I/O configuration submenu guides the user systematically through all the parametersin which the configuration of the I/O modules is displayed.
98

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

Navigation"Setup" menu → I/O configuration‣ I/O configuration
I/O module 1 to n terminal numbers→  99I/O module 1 to n information→  99I/O module 1 to n type→  99

Apply I/O configuration→  99Conversion code→  99Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface / Selection / User entry

I/O module terminal numbers

Shows the terminal numbers used by the I/O module.

• Not used
• 26-27 (I/O 1)• 24-25 (I/O 2)

I/O module information

Shows information of the plugged I/O module.

• Not plugged• Invalid• Not configurable• Configurable• Fieldbus

I/O module typeShows the I/O module type.

• Off• Current output *• Current input *• Status input *• Pulse/frequency/switch output *Apply I/O configuration

Apply parameterization of the freely configurable I/O module.

• No
• Yes

Conversion code

Enter the code in order to change the I/O configuration.

Positive integer*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.5.6

Configuring the current input

The "Current input" wizard guides the user systematically through all the parameters thathave to be set for configuring the current input.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Current input‣ Current input 1

Endress+Hauser

Terminal number→  100

Signal mode→  100

99

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

0/4 mA value→  100

20 mA value→  100

Current span

→  100

Failure mode→  100

Failure value→  100

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the current input
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)–

Signal mode

The measuring device is not
approved for use in thehazardous area with type ofprotection Ex-i.

Select the signal mode for thecurrent input.

• Passive• Active

Active0/4 mA value–Enter 4 mA value.

Signed floating-point
number

–

20 mA value–Enter 20 mA value.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameterCurrent span–

Select current range forprocess value output andupper/lower level for alarm
signal.

• 4...20 mA
Country-specific:• 4...20 mA NAMUR • 4...20 mA NAMUR• 4...20 mA US• 4...20 mA US• 0...20 mA

Failure mode–

Define input behavior in alarm
condition.

• Alarm• Last valid value• Defined value–

Failure value

In the Failure modeparameter, the Defined value
option is selected.

Enter value to be used by thedevice if input value fromexternal device is missing.

Signed floating-point
number

–10.5.7

Configuring the status input

The Status input submenu guides the user systematically through all the parameters thathave to be set for configuring the status input.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Status input‣ Status input 1 to n

100

Assign status input→  101

Terminal number→  101

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

Active level→  101

Terminal number→  101

Response time status input→  101

Terminal number→  101

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface / Selection / User entry

Terminal number

Shows the terminal numbers used by the status input module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)

Assign status input

Select function for the status input.

• Off• Reset totalizer 1• Reset totalizer 2• Reset totalizer 3• Reset all totalizers• Flow override

Active level

Define input signal level at which the assigned function istriggered.

• High• Low

Response time status input

Define the minimum amount of time the input signal level must
be present before the selected function is triggered.

5 to 200 ms

10.5.8Configuring the current output

The Current output wizard guides you systematically through all the parameters that haveto be set for configuring the current output.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Current output‣ Current output 1

Endress+Hauser

Terminal number→  102

Signal mode→  102

Assign current output 1→  102

Current span

→  102

0/4 mA value→  102

20 mA value→  102

Fixed current→  103101

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Failure mode→  103

Failure current→  103

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the current output
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)–

Signal mode–

Select the signal mode for thecurrent output.

• Passive• Active

ActiveAssign current output–

Select process variable forcurrent output.

• Off• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Density• Reference density• Concentration *• Temperature• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Electronic
temperature• Oscillation
frequency 0• Oscillation
amplitude 0 *• Frequency
fluctuation 0• Oscillation
damping 0• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0• HBSI *–Current span–

Select current range forprocess value output andupper/lower level for alarm
signal.

• 4...20 mA NAMUR Country-specific:• 4...20 mA US• 4...20 mA NAMUR• 4...20 mA• 4...20 mA US• 0...20 mA• Fixed current

0/4 mA value

One of the following options isselected in the Current spanparameter (→  102):• 4...20 mA NAMUR• 4...20 mA US• 4...20 mA• 0...20 mA

Enter 4 mA value.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

20 mA value

One of the following options isselected in the Current spanparameter (→  102):• 4...20 mA NAMUR• 4...20 mA US• 4...20 mA• 0...20 mA

Enter 20 mA value.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

102

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Prerequisite

Commissioning

Description

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Fixed current

The Fixed current option is
selected in the Current spanparameter (→  102).

Defines the fixed output
current.

0 to 22.5 mA

22.5 mA

Damping output

A process variable is selectedin the Assign current output
parameter (→  102) and
one of the following options isselected in the Current spanparameter (→  102):• 4...20 mA NAMUR• 4...20 mA US• 4...20 mA• 0...20 mA

Set reaction time for output
signal to fluctuations in themeasured value.

0.0 to 999.9 s–

Failure mode

A process variable is selectedin the Assign current output
parameter (→  102) and
one of the following options isselected in the Current spanparameter (→  102):• 4...20 mA NAMUR• 4...20 mA US• 4...20 mA• 0...20 mA

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Min.
• Max.
• Last valid value• Actual value• Defined value–

Failure current

The Defined value option is
selected in the Failure modeparameter.

Enter current output value inalarm condition.

0 to 22.5 mA

22.5 mA*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

103Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.5.9Configuring the pulse/frequency/switch output

The Pulse/frequency/switch output wizard guides you systematically through all theparameters that can be set for configuring the selected output type.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Pulse/frequency/switch output‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to n→  104

Operating mode

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Operating mode

Description
Define the output as a pulse, frequency or switch output.

Selection• Pulse• Frequency• Switch

Configuring the pulse output
Navigation"Setup" menu → Pulse/frequency/switch output‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to n104

Operating mode→  105

Terminal number→  105

Signal mode→  105

Assign pulse output→  105

Value per pulse→  105

Pulse width→  105

Failure mode→  105

Invert output signal→  105

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Operating mode–

Define the output as a pulse,
frequency or switch output.

• Pulse• Frequency• Switch–

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the PFS output
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)–

Signal mode–

Select the signal mode for the
PFS output.

• Passive• Active–

Assign pulse output 1 to n

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter parameter.

Select process variable forpulse output.

• Off• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *–Value per pulse

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter (→  104) and aprocess variable is selected in
the Assign pulse output
parameter (→  105).

Enter measured value at which Signed floating-pointa pulse is output.
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Pulse width

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter (→  104) and aprocess variable is selected in
the Assign pulse output
parameter (→  105).

Define time width of theoutput pulse.

0.05 to 2 000 ms–

Failure mode

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter (→  104) and aprocess variable is selected in
the Assign pulse output
parameter (→  105).

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual value• No pulses–

Invert output signal–

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

–

*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Configuring the frequency output
Navigation"Setup" menu → Pulse/frequency/switch output‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to nEndress+Hauser

Operating mode→  106

Terminal number→  106

Signal mode→  106

105

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Assign frequency output→  107

Minimum frequency value→  107

Maximum frequency value→  107

Measuring value at minimum
frequency→  107

Measuring value at maximum
frequency→  107

Failure mode→  107

Failure frequency→  108

Invert output signal→  108

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Operating mode–

Define the output as a pulse,
frequency or switch output.

• Pulse• Frequency• Switch–

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the PFS output
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)–

Signal mode–

Select the signal mode for the
PFS output.

• Passive• Active–

106

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Prerequisite

Commissioning

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Assign frequency output

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  104)parameter.

Select process variable forfrequency output.

• Off• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Density• Reference density• Concentration *• Temperature• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Electronic
temperature• Oscillation
frequency 0• Oscillation
amplitude 0• Frequency
fluctuation 0• Oscillation
damping 0• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0• HBSI *–Minimum frequency value

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  104)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  107).

Enter minimum frequency.

0.0 to 10 000.0 Hz–

Maximum frequency value

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  104)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  107).

Enter maximum frequency.

0.0 to 10 000.0 Hz–

Measuring value at minimum
frequency

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  104)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  107).

Enter measured value forminmum frequency.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Measuring value at maximum
frequency

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  104)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  107).

Enter measured value for
maximum frequency.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Failure mode

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  104)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  107).

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual value• Defined value• 0 Hz–Endress+Hauser

107Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Failure frequency

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  104)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  107).

Enter frequency output value
in alarm condition.

0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz–

Invert output signal–

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

–

*

108

Factory setting

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

Configuring the switch output
Navigation"Setup" menu → Pulse/frequency/switch output‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to nOperating mode→  109

Terminal number→  109

Signal mode→  109

Switch output function→  110

Assign diagnostic behavior→  110

Assign limit→  110

Assign flow direction check→  110

Assign status→  110

Switch-on value→  110

Switch-off value→  110

Switch-on delay→  110

Switch-off delay→  111

Failure mode→  111

Invert output signal→  111

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Operating mode–

Define the output as a pulse,
frequency or switch output.

• Pulse• Frequency• Switch–

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the PFS output
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)–

Signal mode–

Select the signal mode for the
PFS output.

• Passive• Active–

Endress+Hauser

109

Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Switch output function

The Switch option is selectedin the Operating modeparameter.

Select function for switch
output.

• Off• On• Diagnostic
behavior• Limit• Flow direction
check• Status–

Assign diagnostic behavior• In the Operating modeparameter, the Switch
option is selected.
• In the Switch output
function parameter, theDiagnostic behavior option
is selected.

Select diagnostic behavior forswitch output.

• Alarm• Alarm or warning• Warning–

Assign limit• The Switch option is
Select process variable for limit
selected in the Operating
function.
mode parameter parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameterparameter.

• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Density• Reference density• Concentration *• Temperature• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• Oscillation
damping–

Assign flow direction check• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Flow direction check
option is selected in the
Switch output function
parameter.

Select process variable for flow
direction monitoring.

• Off• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume
flow–

Assign status• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Status option is
selected in the Switch
output function parameter.

Select device status for switch
output.

• Partially filled pipe –
detection• Low flow cut off• Digital output 6

Switch-on value• In the Operating modeparameter, the Switch
option is selected.
• In the Switch output
function parameter, theLimit option is selected.

Enter measured value for theswitch-on point.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

Switch-off value• In the Operating modeparameter, the Switch
option is selected.
• In the Switch output
function parameter, theLimit option is selected.

Enter measured value for theswitch-off point.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

Switch-on delay• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Define delay for the switch-onof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s–

110Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Switch-off delay• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Define delay for the switch-offof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s–

Failure mode–

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual status• Open• Closed–

Invert output signal–

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

–

*

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.5.10 Configuring the relay output
The Relay output wizard guides the user systematically through all the parameters thathave to be set for configuring the relay output.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Relay output 1 to n

‣ RelaisOutput 1 to n

Endress+Hauser

Switch output function→  112Assign flow direction check→  112Assign limit→  112Assign diagnostic behavior→  112Assign status→  112

Switch-off value→  112

Switch-on value→  112

Failure mode→  113111

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Relay output function–

Select the function for therelay output.

• Closed• Open• Diagnostic
behavior• Limit• Flow direction
check• Digital Output–

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the relay output
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)–

Assign flow direction check

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Flow direction
check option is selected.

Select process variable for flow
direction monitoring.

• Off• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume
flow–

Assign limit

The Limit option is selected in
the Relay output function
parameter parameter.

Select process variable for limit • Mass flow–
function.
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Density• Reference density• Dynamic viscosity• Concentration *• Kinematic viscosity• Temp.
compensateddynamic viscosity• Temp.
compensatedkinematic viscosity• Temperature• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• Oscillation
damping

Assign diagnostic behavior

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Diagnostic
behavior option is selected.

Select diagnostic behavior forswitch output.

• Alarm• Alarm or warning• Warning

Assign status

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Digital Output
option is selected.

Select device status for switch
output.

• Partially filled pipe –
detection• Low flow cut off• Digital output 6

Switch-off value

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Limit option is
selected.

Enter measured value for theswitch-off point.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

Switch-off delay

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Limit option is
selected.

Define delay for the switch-offof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s–

Switch-on value

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Limit option is
selected.

Enter measured value for theswitch-on point.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

112–

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Switch-on delay

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Limit option is
selected.

Define delay for the switch-onof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s–

Failure mode–

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual status• Open• Closed–*

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.5.11 Configuring the local display
The Display wizard guides you systematically through all the parameters that canconfigured for configuring the local display.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Display‣ Display

Endress+Hauser

Format display→  114

Value 1 display→  1140% bargraph value 1→  114

100% bargraph value 1→  114

Value 2 display→  114

Value 3 display→  1140% bargraph value 3→  114

100% bargraph value 3→  115

Value 4 display→  115113

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Format display

A local display is provided.

Select how measured values
are shown on the display.

• 1 value, max. size
• 1 bargraph + 1value• 2 values• 1 value large + 2
values• 4 values–

Value 1 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Density• Reference density• Concentration *• Temperature• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Electronic
temperature• Oscillation
frequency 0• Oscillation
amplitude 0 *• Frequency
fluctuation 0• Oscillation
damping 0• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• Current output 1–

0% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

100% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Value 2 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter–

Value 3 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  114)–0% bargraph value 3

A selection was made in the
Value 3 display parameter.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

114

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Prerequisite

Commissioning

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

100% bargraph value 3

A selection was made in the
Value 3 display parameter.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
number–Value 4 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  114)–*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

115

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.5.12 Configuring the low flow cut off
The Low flow cut off wizard systematically guides the user through all the parametersthat must be set to configure low flow cut off.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Low flow cut off‣ Low flow cut off
Assign process variable→  116

On value low flow cutoff→  116

Off value low flow cutoff→  116

Pressure shock suppression→  116

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Select process variable for low
flow cut off.

• Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow–

Positive floatingpoint number

Depends on country
and nominal
diameter

Assign process variable–

On value low flow cutoff

A process variable is selectedEnter on value for low flow cut
in the Assign process variable off.
parameter (→  116).

Off value low flow cutoff

A process variable is selectedEnter off value for low flow cut 0 to 100.0 %in the Assign process variable off.
parameter (→  116).

–

Pressure shock suppression

A process variable is selectedEnter time frame for signal
in the Assign process variable suppression (= active pressure
parameter (→  116).
shock suppression).

–

116

0 to 100 s

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

10.5.13 Configuring the partial filled pipe detection
The Partial filled pipe detection wizard guides you systematically through all parametersthat have to be set for configuring the monitoring of the pipe filling.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Partially filled pipe detection‣ Partially filled pipe detection
Assign process variable→  117

Low value partial filled pipe detection→  117High value partial filled pipe detection→  117

Response time part. filled pipe detect.

→  117

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User entry

Assign process variable–

Select process variable for partiallyfilled pipe detection.

• Off• Density• Reference density

Low value partial filled pipe
detection

A process variable is selected in the
Assign process variable parameter(→  117).

Enter lower limit value for deactivating
partialy filled pipe detection.

Signed floating-point
numberHigh value partial filled pipe
detection

A process variable is selected in the
Assign process variable parameter(→  117).

Enter upper limit value for deactivating
partialy filled pipe detection.

Signed floating-point
numberResponse time part. filled pipe
detect.

A process variable is selected in the
Assign process variable parameter(→  117).

Enter time before diagnostic message is 0 to 100 s
displayed for partially filled pipe
detection.

Endress+Hauser

117Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.6

Advanced settings

The Advanced setup submenu together with its submenus contains parameters for
specific settings.
Navigation to the "Advanced setup" submenu
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
mA
1.

0104-1Main menu
Display language

EnglishDisplay/operat.
Setup
Main menu
Display/operat.
Setup

2.

Diagnostic/ ../Setup
Medium selection

3.

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX/ ../Setup
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Advanced setup

4.

/ ../Advanced setup
Ent. access code5.

Device tag
Def. access code0092-1****
A0032223-EN

The number of submenus can vary depending on the device version. Some submenus
are not dealt with in the Operating Instructions. These submenus and the parameters
they contain are explained in the Special Documentation for the device.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup‣ Advanced setup

118

Enter access code→  119‣ Calculated values→  119‣ Sensor adjustment→  120‣ Totalizer 1 to n

→  121‣ Display→  123

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning‣ WLAN settings→  126‣ Concentration‣ Heartbeat setup

10.6.1‣ Configuration backup→  127‣ Administration→  128

Using the parameter to enter the access code

Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup
Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Enter access code

Description

User entry

Enter access code to disable write protection of parameters.

10.6.20 to 9 999

Calculated values

The Calculated values submenu contains parameters for calculating the corrected volume
flow.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Calculated values‣ Calculated values‣ Corrected volume flow calculation

Endress+Hauser

Corrected volume flow calculation→  120

External reference density→  120

Fixed reference density→  120

Reference temperature→  120

Linear expansion coefficient→  120

Square expansion coefficient→  120119Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Corrected volume flow calculation–

Select reference density forcalculating the correctedvolume flow.

• Fixed reference
density• Calculated
reference density• Reference density
by API table 53• External reference
density• Current input 1 *–External reference density–

Shows external reference
density.

Floating point
number with sign–

Fixed reference density

The Fixed reference density
option is selected in the
Corrected volume flow
calculation parameterparameter.

Enter fixed value for reference
density.

Positive floatingpoint number–

Reference temperature

The Calculated reference
density option is selected in
the Corrected volume flow
calculation parameterparameter.

Enter reference temperature
for calculating the reference
density.

–273.15 to 99 999 °C Country-specific:• +20 °C
• +68 °F

Linear expansion coefficient

The Calculated reference
density option is selected in
the Corrected volume flow
calculation parameterparameter.

Enter linear, medium-specificexpansion coefficient forcalculating the reference
density.

Signed floating-point
number–Square expansion coefficient

The Calculated reference
density option is selected in
the Corrected volume flow
calculation parameterparameter.

For media with a non-linear
expansion pattern: enter thequadratic, medium-specificexpansion coefficient forcalculating the reference
density.

Signed floating-point
number–*Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.6.3Carrying out a sensor adjustment

The Sensor adjustment submenu contains parameters that pertain to the functionality ofthe sensor.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Sensor adjustment‣ Sensor adjustment

120

Installation direction→  121

Installation angle pitch→  121

Installation angle roll→  121‣ Zero point adjustment→  121

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

Selection / User entry

Installation direction

Set sign of flow direction to match the direction of the arrow on
the sensor.

• Flow in arrow direction• Flow against arrow direction

Installation angle pitch

Enter the installation angle in degree.

–180 to 180 °Installation angle rollEnter the installation angle in degree.

–180 to 180 °Zero point adjustment
All measuring devices are calibrated in accordance with state-of-the-art technology.
Calibration takes place under reference conditions→  208. Therefore, a zero point
adjustment in the field is generally not required.
Experience shows that zero point adjustment is advisable only in special cases:• To achieve maximum measuring accuracy even with low flow rates.
• Under extreme process or operating conditions (e.g. very high process temperatures orvery high-viscosity fluids).
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Sensor adjustment → Zero point adjustment‣ Zero point adjustment
Zero point adjustment control→  121

Progress→  121

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

Selection / User interface

Factory setting

Zero point adjustment control

Start zero point adjustment.

• Cancel• Busy• Zero point adjust failure• Start–

Progress

Shows the progress of the process.

0 to 100 %–10.6.4

Configuring the totalizer

In the "Totalizer 1 to n" submenu the individual totalizer can be configured.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Totalizer 1 to n

‣ Totalizer 1 to n

Endress+Hauser

Assign process variable→  122

Unit totalizer 1 to n

→  122121

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Totalizer operation mode→  122

Failure mode→  122

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description–

Unit totalizer 1 to n

A process variable is selected
Select process variable totalizer Unit choose listin the Assign process variable unit.
parameter (→  122) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Country-specific:
• kg
• lb

Totalizer operation mode

A process variable is selected
Select totalizer calculationin the Assign process variable mode.
parameter (→  122) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

• Net flow total• Forward flow total• Reverse flow total–

Failure mode

A process variable is selected
Define totalizer behavior inin the Assign process variable alarm condition.
parameter (→  122) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

• Stop• Actual value• Last valid value

–

122

• Off
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *Factory setting

Assign process variable*

Select process variable fortotalizer.

Selection–

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

10.6.5

Commissioning

Carrying out additional display configurations

In the Display submenu you can set all the parameters associated with the configurationof the local display.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Display‣ Display

Endress+Hauser

Format display→  124

Value 1 display→  124

0% bargraph value 1→  124

100% bargraph value 1→  124

Decimal places 1→  124

Value 2 display→  124

Decimal places 2→  124

Value 3 display→  124

0% bargraph value 3→  125

100% bargraph value 3→  125

Decimal places 3→  125

Value 4 display→  125

Decimal places 4→  125

Display language→  125

Display interval→  125

Display damping→  125

Header→  125

Header text

→  125

Separator→  126

Backlight→  126

123

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Format display

A local display is provided.

Select how measured values
are shown on the display.

• 1 value, max. size
• 1 bargraph + 1value• 2 values• 1 value large + 2
values• 4 values–

Value 1 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Density• Reference density• Concentration *• Temperature• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Electronic
temperature• Oscillation
frequency 0• Oscillation
amplitude 0 *• Frequency
fluctuation 0• Oscillation
damping 0• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• Current output 1–

0% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

100% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Decimal places 1

A measured value is specified
in the Value 1 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx–

Value 2 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter–

Decimal places 2

A measured value is specified
in the Value 2 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx–

Value 3 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  114)–

124

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

0% bargraph value 3

A selection was made in the
Value 3 display parameter.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

100% bargraph value 3

A selection was made in the
Value 3 display parameter.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
number–Decimal places 3

A measured value is specified
in the Value 3 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx–

Value 4 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  114)–

Decimal places 4

A measured value is specified
in the Value 4 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx–

Display language

A local display is provided.

Set display language.

• English• Deutsch *• Français *• Español *• Italiano *• Nederlands *• Portuguesa *• Polski *• русский язык(Russian) *• Svenska *• Türkçe *• 中文 (Chinese) *• 日本語(Japanese) *• 한국어 (Korean) *• Bahasa Indonesia *• tiếng Việt(Vietnamese) *• čeština (Czech) *English(alternatively, theordered language ispreset in the device)

Display interval

A local display is provided.

Set time measured values areshown on display if display
alternates between values.

1 to 10 s–

Display damping

A local display is provided.

Set display reaction time tofluctuations in the measured
value.

0.0 to 999.9 s–

Header

A local display is provided.

Select header contents on local • Device tag
display.
• Free text–

Header text

In the Header parameter, theFree text option is selected.

Enter display header text.

–

Endress+Hauser

Max. 12 characterssuch as letters,
numbers or special
characters (e.g. @,%, /)Factory setting

125Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Separator

A local display is provided.

Select decimal separator for
displaying numerical values.

• . (point)• , (comma). (point)

Backlight

One of the following
conditions is met:
• Order code for "Display;
operation", option F "4-line,
illum.; touch control"• Order code for "Display;
operation", option G "4-line,
illum.; touch control+WLAN"

Switch the local display
backlight on and off.

• Disable• Enable–*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.6.6WLAN configuration

The WLAN Settings submenu guides the user systematically through all the parametersthat have to be set for the WLAN configuration.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → WLAN Settings‣ WLAN settings
WLAN IP address→  126

Security type→  126

WLAN passphrase→  126

Assign SSID name→  127

SSID name→  127

Apply changes→  127

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User entry /Selection

Factory setting

WLAN IP address–Enter IP address of the device
WLAN interface.

4 octet: 0 to 255 (inthe particular octet)–

Security type–

Select the security type of the
WLAN interface.

• Unsecured• WPA2-PSK–

WLAN passphrase

The WPA2-PSK option is
selected in the Security typeparameter.

Enter the network key (8 to 32 8 to 32-digit
characters).
character string
comprising numbers,
The network key
supplied with the device letters and special
charactersshould be changedSerial number of themeasuring device(e.g. L100A802000)

during commissioning
for security reasons.

126

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

User entry /Selection

Factory setting

Assign SSID name–

Select which name will be used • Device tag
for SSID: device tag or user• User-defined
defined name.

–

SSID name• The User-defined option is
selected in the Assign SSID
name parameter.
• The WLAN access point
option is selected in the
WLAN mode parameter.

Enter the user-defined SSID
name (max. 32 characters).

EH_devicedesignation_last 7
digits of the serial
number (e.g.
EH_Promass_500_A
802000)–Use changed WLAN settings.

Apply changes

10.6.7

Max. 32-digit
character string
comprising numbers,
The user-defined SSID
letters and specialname may only be
assigned once. If the SSID charactersname is assigned morethan once, the devices
can interfere with one
another.
• Cancel• Ok–

Configuration management

After commissioning, you can save the current device configurationor restore the previous
device configuration.
You can do so using the Configuration management parameter and the related options
found in the Configuration backup submenu.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Configuration backup‣ Configuration backup
Operating time→  127

Last backup→  127

Configuration management→  127

Backup state→  128

Comparison result→  128

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface / Selection

Operating time

Indicates how long the device has been in operation.

Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds(s)

Last backup

Shows when the last data backup was saved to embedded
HistoROM.

Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds(s)Configuration management

Select action for managing the device data in the embedded
HistoROM.

• Cancel• Execute backup• Restore• Compare• Clear backup data

Endress+Hauser

127

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Description

User interface / Selection

Backup stateShows the current status of data saving or restoring.

• None• Backup in progress• Restoring in progress• Delete in progress• Compare in progress• Restoring failed• Backup failed

Comparison result

Comparison of current device data with embedded HistoROM.

• Settings identical• Settings not identical• No backup available• Backup settings corrupt• Check not done
• Dataset incompatible

Function scope of the "Configuration management" parameter
Options

Description

CancelNo action is executed and the user exits the parameter.

Execute backup

A backup copy of the current device configuration is saved from the HistoROM
backup to the memory of the device. The backup copy includes the transmitter dataof the device.

RestoreThe last backup copy of the device configuration is restored from the device
memory to the device's HistoROM backup. The backup copy includes thetransmitter data of the device.

CompareThe device configuration saved in the device memory is compared with the current
device configuration of the HistoROM backup.

Clear backup data

The backup copy of the device configuration is deleted from the memory of thedevice.

HistoROM backup
A HistoROM is a "non-volatile" device memory in the form of an EEPROM.
While this action is in progress, the configuration cannot be edited via the local
display and a message on the processing status appears on the display.

10.6.8Using parameters for device administration

The Administration submenu systematically guides the user through all the parametersthat can be used for device administration purposes.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration‣ Administration

128‣ Define access code→  129‣ Reset access code→  129

Device reset→  130

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

Using the parameter to define the access code
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration → Define access code

‣ Define access code
Define access code→  129

Confirm access code→  129

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User entry

Define access code

Restrict write-access to parameters to protect the configurationof the device against unintentional changes.

Max. 16-digit character string comprisingnumbers, letters and special characters

Confirm access code

Confirm the entered access code.

Max. 16-digit character string comprisingnumbers, letters and special characters

Using the parameter to reset the access code
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration → Reset access code

‣ Reset access code
Operating time→  129

Reset access code→  129

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface / User entry

Operating time

Indicates how long the device has been in operation.

Days (d), hours (h), minutes (m) and seconds(s)

Reset access code

Reset access code to factory settings.

Character string comprising numbers, lettersand special characters

For a reset code, contact your Endress+Hauser service
organization.

The reset code can only be entered via:
• Web browser• DeviceCare, FieldCare (via service interface CDI-RJ45)• Fieldbus

Using the parameter to reset the device
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration

Endress+Hauser

129

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Device reset

Description
Reset the device configuration - either entirely or in part - to adefined state.

10.7

Selection• Cancel• To delivery settings• Restart device• Restore S-DAT backup• ENP restart

Simulation

The Simulation submenu enables you to simulate, without a real flow situation, various
process variables in the process and the device alarm mode and to verify downstream
signal chains (switching valves or closed-control loops).
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Simulation‣ Simulation

130

Assign simulation process variable→  131

Process variable value→  131

Status input simulation→  131

Input signal level→  131

Current input 1 to n simulation→  131

Value current input 1 to n

→  131

Current output 1 to n simulation→  131

Value current output 1 to n

→  131Frequency output simulation 1 to n

→  131Frequency value 1 to n

→  131

Pulse output simulation 1 to n

→  131

Pulse value 1 to n

→  131

Switch output simulation 1 to n

→  131

Switch status 1 to n

→  132

Relay output 1 to n simulation→  132

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Commissioning

Switch status 1 to n

→  132

Device alarm simulation→  132

Diagnostic event category→  132

Diagnostic event simulation→  132

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User entry /User interface

Assign simulation process variable–

Select a process variable for thesimulation process that is activated.

• Off• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Concentration *Process variable value

A process variable is selected in the
Assign simulation process variable
parameter (→  131).

Enter the simulation value for theselected process variable.

Depends on the process
variable selected

Status input simulation–

Switch simulation of the status input on • Off
and off.
• On

Input signal level

In the Status input simulation
parameter, the On option is selected.

Select the signal level for the simulation • Highof the status input.
• Low

Current input simulation–

Switch simulation of the current input
on and off.

• Off
• On

Value current input

In the Current input 1 to n simulation
parameter, the On option is selected.

Enter the current value for simulation.

0 to 22.5 mA

Current output simulation–

Switch the simulation of the current
output on and off.

• Off
• On

Value current output

In the Current output 1 to n
Enter the current value for simulation.
simulation parameter, the On option is
selected.

3.59 to 22.5 mA

Frequency output simulation

In the Operating mode parameter, theFrequency option is selected.

Switch the simulation of the frequency
output on and off.

• Off
• On

Frequency value

In the Frequency output simulation
1 to n parameter, the On option is
selected.

Enter the frequency value for thesimulation.

0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz

Pulse output simulation

In the Operating mode parameter, thePulse option is selected.

Set and switch off the pulse output
simulation.

• Off• Fixed value• Down-counting value

Fixed value option: Pulse
 For
width parameter (→  105)
defines the pulse width of thepulses output.
Pulse value

In the Pulse output simulation 1 to n
parameter, the Down-counting value
option is selected.

Enter the number of pulses for
simulation.

0 to 65 535

Switch output simulation

In the Operating mode parameter, theSwitch option is selected.

Switch the simulation of the switch
output on and off.

• Off
• On

Endress+Hauser

131Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User entry /User interface

Switch status–

Select the status of the status output for • Openthe simulation.
• Closed

Relay output simulation–

Switch simulation of the relay output
on and off.

• Off
• On

Switch status

The On option is selected in the Switch
output simulation 1 to n parameterparameter.

Select status of the relay output for thesimulation.

• Open• Closed

Pulse output simulation–

Set and switch off the pulse output
simulation.

• Off• Fixed value• Down-counting value

Fixed value option: Pulse
 For
width parameter defines thepulse width of the pulses output.
Pulse value

In the Pulse output simulation
parameter, the Down-counting value
option is selected.

Set and switch off the pulse output
simulation.

0 to 65 535

Device alarm simulation–

Switch the device alarm on and off.

• Off
• On

Diagnostic event category–

Select a diagnostic event category.

• Sensor• Electronics• Configuration• ProcessDiagnostic event simulation–

Select a diagnostic event to simulate
this event.

• Off• Diagnostic event picklist(depends on the category
selected)

Logging interval–

Define the logging interval tlog for data 1.0 to 3 600.0 s
logging. This value defines the timeinterval between the individual data
points in the memory.

*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.8

Protecting settings from unauthorized access

The following write protection options exist in order to protect the configuration of themeasuring device from unintentional modification:• Protect access to parameters via access code →  132• Protect access to local operation via key locking →  72
• Protect access to measuring device via write protection switch →  134• Protect access to parameters via block operation →  135

10.8.1

Write protection via access code

The effects of the user-specific access code are as follows:• Via local operation, the parameters for the measuring device configuration are writeprotected and their values can no longer be changed.
• Device access is protected via the Web browser, as are the parameters for the measuring
device configuration.
• Device access is protected via FieldCare or DeviceCare (via CDI-RJ45 service interface), as
are the parameters for the measuring device configuration.
Defining the access code via local display

132

1.

Navigate to the Define access code parameter (→  129).

2.

Define a max. 16-digit character string comprising numbers, letters and special
characters as the access code.
Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3.

Commissioning

Enter the access code again in the Confirm access code parameter (→  129) toconfirm the code.
 The -symbol appears in front of all write-protected parameters.

The device automatically locks the write-protected parameters again if a key is not pressedfor 10 minutes in the navigation and editing view. The device locks the write-protectedparameters automatically after 60 s if the user skips back to the operational display mode
from the navigation and editing view.
• If parameter write protection is activated via an access code, it can also only be
deactivated via this access code →  71.
• The user role with which the user is currently logged on via the local display is
indicated by the →  71 Access status parameter. Navigation path: Operation→ Access status
Parameters which can always be modified via the local display
Certain parameters that do not affect the measurement are excepted from parameter write
protection via the local display. Despite the user-specific access code, they can always be
modified, even if the other parameters are locked.

Language

Parameters for configuring
the local display

Parameters for configuring
the totalizer↓↓

Format display

Control Totalizer

Contrast display

Preset value

Display interval

Reset all totalizers

Defining the access code via the Web browser
1.

Navigate to the Define access code parameter (→  129).

2.

Define a max. 16-digit numeric code as an access code.

3.

Enter the access code again in the Confirm access code parameter (→  129) toconfirm the code.
 The Web browser switches to the login page.
If no action is performed for 10 minutes, the Web browser automatically returns to
the login page.
• If parameter write protection is activated via an access code, it can also only be
deactivated via this access code →  71.
• The user role with which the user is currently logged on via Web browser isindicated by the Access status parameter. Navigation path: Operation → AccessstatusResetting the access code
If you misplace the user-specific access code, it is possible to reset the code to the factory
setting. A reset code must be entered for this purpose. The user-specific access code canthen be defined again afterwards.
Via Web browser, FieldCare, DeviceCare (via CDI-RJ45 service interface), fieldbus
For a reset code, contact your Endress+Hauser service organization.
1.

Endress+Hauser

Navigate to the Reset access code parameter (→  129).

133

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2.

Enter the reset code.
 The access code has been reset to the factory setting 0000. It can be redefined→  132.

10.8.2

Write protection via write protection switch

Unlike parameter write protection via a user-specific access code, this allows write accessto the entire operating menu - except for the "Contrast display" parameter - to be locked.
The parameter values are now read only and cannot be edited any more (exception"Contrast display" parameter):• Via local display• Via FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Proline 500 – digital

LWARNING
Excessive tightening torque applied to the fixing screws!
Risk of damaging the plastic transmitter.
‣ Tighten the fixing screws as per the tightening torque: 2 Nm (1.5 lbf ft)

r

Po
I/O
I/O
I/O

we

2

3

4
ES
C

+
Po

we

r
op
en
pres
s

ES

-

E

C

+

-

op
en
pres
s

3.

2.

I/O

2

P

ow

er

1.

2

3

4

I/O

3

I/O

3

1
Off

4.
On

A0029673

1.

Open the housing cover.

2.

Remove the display module.

3.

Fold open the terminal cover.

4.

Setting the write protection (WP) switch on the main electronics module to the ON
position enables hardware write protection.
 In the Locking status parameter the Hardware locked option is displayed→  136. In addition, on the local display the -symbol appears in front of theparameters in the header of the operational display and in the navigation view.

XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

XX
A0029425

134

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.

Commissioning

Setting the write protection (WP) switch on the main electronics module to the OFF
position (factory setting) disables hardware write protection.
 No option is displayed in the Locking status parameter →  136. On the local
display, the -symbol disappears from in front of the parameters in the headerof the operational display and in the navigation view.

Proline 500
1.
OFF ON
1
2
3
4

A0029630

Setting the write protection (WP) switch on the main electronics module to the ON
position enables hardware write protection.
 In the Locking status parameter the Hardware locked option is displayed→  136. In addition, on the local display the -symbol appears in front of theparameters in the header of the operational display and in the navigation view.

XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

XX
A0029425

2.

Setting the write protection (WP) switch on the main electronics module to the OFF
position (factory setting) disables hardware write protection.
 No option is displayed in the Locking status parameter →  136. On the local
display, the -symbol disappears from in front of the parameters in the headerof the operational display and in the navigation view.

10.8.3

Write protection via block operation

Locking via block operation:• Block: DISPLAY (TRDDISP); parameter: Define access code
• Block: EXPERT_CONFIG (TRDEXP); parameter: Enter access code

Endress+Hauser

135

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

11

Operation

11.1

Reading the device locking status

Device active write protection: Locking status parameter
Operation → Locking status
Function scope of the "Locking status" parameter
Options

Description

None

The access status displayed in the Access status parameter applies →  71. Only
appears on local display.

Hardware locked

The DIP switch for hardware locking is activated on the PCB board. This locks write
access to the parameters (e.g. via local display or operating tool) .

Temporarily locked

Write access to the parameters is temporarily locked on account of internal
processes running in the device (e.g. data upload/download, reset etc.). Once theinternal processing has been completed, the parameters can be changed once
again.

11.2

Adjusting the operating language

Detailed information:• To configure the operating language →  91
• For information on the operating languages supported by the measuring device→  219

11.3

Configuring the display

Detailed information:• On the basic settings for the local display →  113• On the advanced settings for the local display →  123

11.4

Reading measured values

With the Measured values submenu, it is possible to read all the measured values.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values‣ Measured values

136‣ Measured variables→  137‣ Input values→  139‣ Output values→  140‣ Totalizer→  138

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

11.4.1

Operation"Measured variables" submenu

The Measured variables submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for each process variable.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Measured variables‣ Measured variables
Mass flow→  137

Volume flow

→  137

Corrected volume flow

→  137

Density→  137

Reference density→  138

Temperature→  138

Pressure value→  138

Concentration→  138

Target mass flow

→  138

Carrier mass flow

→  138

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Mass flow

Prerequisite–

Description
Displays the mass flow currently
measured.

User interface
Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Mass flow
unit parameter (→  94).
Volume flow–

Displays the volume flow currently
calculated.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Volume flow
unit parameter (→  94).
Corrected volume flow–

Displays the corrected volume flow
currently calculated.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Correctedvolume flow unit parameter(→  94).
Density–Shows the density currently measured.
Dependency
The unit is taken from the Density unit
parameter (→  94).

Endress+Hauser

Signed floating-point
number137

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter
Reference density

Prerequisite–

Description

User interface

Displays the reference density currently Signed floating-point
calculated.
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Reference
density unit parameter (→  94).

Temperature–

Shows the medium temperature
currently measured.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from theTemperature unit parameter(→  95).
Pressure value–

Displays either a fixed or externalpressure value.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Pressure
unit parameter (→  95).
Concentration

For the following order code:
Order code for "Application package",
option ED "Concentration"


Target mass flow

With the following conditions:
Order code for "Application package",
option ED "Concentration"


Carrier mass flow

The software options currently
enabled are displayed in the
Software option overview
parameter.

The software options currently
enabled are displayed in the
Software option overview
parameter.

With the following conditions:
Order code for "Application package",
option ED "Concentration"



The software options currently
enabled are displayed in the
Software option overview
parameter.

11.4.2

Displays the concentration currently
calculated.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from theConcentration unit parameter.

Displays the mass flow currently
measured for the target medium.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Mass flow
unit parameter (→  94).

Displays the mass flow currently
measured for the carrier medium.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Mass flow
unit parameter (→  94).

"Totalizer" submenu

The Totalizer submenu contains all the parameters needed to display the current
measured values for every totalizer.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Totalizer‣ Totalizer

138

Totalizer value 1 to n

→  139

Totalizer overflow 1 to n

→  139

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operation

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

Totalizer value 1 to n

A process variable is selected in the
Assign process variable parameter(→  122) of the Totalizer 1 to nsubmenu.

Displays the current totalizer countervalue.

Signed floating-point
numberTotalizer overflow 1 to n

A process variable is selected in the
Assign process variable parameter(→  122) of the Totalizer 1 to nsubmenu.

Displays the current totalizer overflow.

Integer with sign

11.4.3"Input values" submenu

The Input values submenu guides you systematically to the individual input values.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Input values‣ Input values‣ Current input 1 to n

→  139‣ Status input 1 to n

→  139

Input values of current input
The Current input 1 to n submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for every current input.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Input values → Current input 1 to n

‣ Current input 1 to n
Measured values 1 to n

→  139

Measured current 1 to n

→  139

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface

Measured values

Displays the current input value.

Signed floating-point number

Measured current

Displays the current value of the current input.

0 to 22.5 mA

Input values of status input
The Status input 1 to n submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for every status input.

Endress+Hauser

139

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Input values → Status input 1 to n

‣ Status input 1 to n
→  140

Value status input

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Value status input

Description
Shows the current input signal level.

11.4.4User interface• High• Low

Output values

The Output values submenu contains all the parameters needed to display the current
measured values for every output.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values‣ Output values‣ Current output 1 to n

→  140‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output→  141‣ Relay output 1 to n

→  141

1 to nOutput values of current output
The Value current output submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for every current output.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values → Value current output 1 to n

‣ Current output 1 to n

140

Output current 1 to n

→  141

Measured current 1 to n

→  141

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operation

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface

Output current 1

Displays the current value currently calculated for the current
output.

3.59 to 22.5 mA

Measured current

Displays the current value currently measured for the current
output.

0 to 30 mA

Output values for pulse/frequency/switch output
The Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n submenu contains all the parameters needed
to display the current measured values for every pulse/frequency/switch output.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values → Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to n‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to nOutput frequency 1 to n

→  141

Pulse output 1 to n

→  141

Switch status 1 to n

→  141

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Output frequency

In the Operating mode parameter, theFrequency option is selected.

Displays the value currently measured
for the frequency output.

Pulse output

The Pulse option is selected in the
Displays the pulse frequency currently
Operating mode parameter parameter. output.

Positive floating-point
number

Switch status

The Switch option is selected in the
Operating mode parameter.

• Open• Closed

Displays the current switch output
status.

User interface
0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz

Output values for relay output
The Relay output 1 to n submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for every relay output.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values → Relay output 1 to n

‣ Relay output 1 to n

Endress+Hauser

Switch status→  142

Switch cycles→  142

Max. switch cycles number→  142141

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface

Switch status

Shows the current relay switch status.

• Open• Closed

Switch cycles

Shows number of all performed switch cycles.

Positive integer

Max. switch cycles number

Shows the maximal number of guaranteed switch cycles.

Positive integer

11.5

Adapting the measuring device to the process
conditions

The following are available for this purpose:• Basic settings using theSetup menu (→  92)• Advanced settings using theAdvanced setup submenu (→  118)

11.6

Performing a totalizer reset

The totalizers are reset in the Operation submenu:• Control Totalizer• Reset all totalizers
Navigation"Operation" menu → Totalizer handling‣ Totalizer handlingControl Totalizer 1 to n

→  142

Preset value 1 to n

→  142

Reset all totalizers→  142

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Control Totalizer 1 to n

A process variable is selected
Control totalizer value.
in the Assign process variable
parameter (→  122) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

• Totalize• Reset + hold
• Preset + hold
• Reset + totalize• Preset + totalize• HoldPreset value 1 to n

A process variable is selected
Specify start value for totalizer. Signed floating-pointin the Assign process variable Dependency
numberparameter (→  122) of the
The unit of the selected
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.
process variable is
specified for the totalizer
in the Unit totalizer
parameter (→  122).

Country-specific:• 0 kg• 0 lb––

Reset all totalizers

142

Reset all totalizers to 0 andstart.

• Cancel• Reset + totalize

Factory setting–

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

11.6.1

Operation

Function scope of the "Control Totalizer" parameter

Options

Description

Totalize

The totalizer is started or continues running.

Reset + hold

The totaling process is stopped and the totalizer is reset to 0.

Preset + hold

The totaling process is stopped and the totalizer is set to its defined start value
from the Preset value parameter.

Reset + totalize

The totalizer is reset to 0 and the totaling process is restarted.

Preset + totalize

The totalizer is set to the defined start value from the Preset value parameter andthe totaling process is restarted.

Hold

Totalizing is stopped.

11.6.2Function scope of the "Reset all totalizers" parameter

Options

Description

CancelNo action is executed and the user exits the parameter.

Reset + totalize

Resets all totalizers to 0 and restarts the totaling process. This deletes all the flow
values previously totalized.

11.7

Showing data logging

The Extended HistoROM application package must be enabled in the device (order
option) for the Data logging submenu to appear. This contains all the parameters for themeasured value history.
Data logging is also available via:
• Plant Asset Management Tool FieldCare →  82.
• Web browser
Function range• A total of 1000 measured values can be stored• 4 logging channels• Adjustable logging interval for data logging• Display of the measured value trend for each logging channel in the form of a chart/ ../XXXXXXXX
175.7740.69 kg/h
-100s

0A0016357

 35Chart of a measured value trend• x-axis: depending on the number of channels selected displays 250 to 1000 measured
values of a process variable.
• y-axis: displays the approximate measured value span and constantly adapts this to theongoing measurement.
If the length of the logging interval or the assignment of the process variables to thechannels is changed, the content of the data logging is deleted.

Endress+Hauser

143

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Data logging‣ Data logging
Assign channel 1→  145

Assign channel 2→  145

Assign channel 3→  145

Assign channel 4→  145

Logging interval→  145

Clear logging data

→  145

Data logging→  145

Logging delay→  145

Data logging control→  145

Data logging status→  146

Entire logging duration→  146‣ Display channel 1‣ Display channel 2‣ Display channel 3‣ Display channel 4

144

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operation

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User entry /User interface

Assign channel 1

The Extended HistoROM application
package is available.

Assign process variable to logging
channel.

• Off• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Density• Reference density• Concentration *• Temperature• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Electronic temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Frequency fluctuation 0• Oscillation amplitude *• Oscillation damping 0• Oscillation damping
fluctuation 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0• Current output 1• Current output 2 *• Current output 3 *• Current output 4 *• HBSI *Assign channel 2

The Extended HistoROM application
package is available.

Assign process variable to logging
channel.

Picklist, see Assign
channel 1 parameter(→  145)

Assign process variable to logging
channel.

Picklist, see Assign
channel 1 parameter(→  145)

Assign process variable to logging
channel.

Picklist, see Assign
channel 1 parameter(→  145)

software options currently
 The
enabled are displayed in the
Software option overview
parameter.
Assign channel 3

The Extended HistoROM application
package is available.
software options currently
 The
enabled are displayed in the
Software option overview
parameter.

Assign channel 4

The Extended HistoROM application
package is available.
software options currently
 The
enabled are displayed in the
Software option overview
parameter.

Logging interval

The Extended HistoROM application
package is available.

Define the logging interval for data
logging. This value defines the timeinterval between the individual data
points in the memory.

0.1 to 999.0 s

Clear logging data

The Extended HistoROM application
package is available.

Clear the entire logging data.

• Cancel• Clear data

Data logging–

Select the data logging method.

• Overwriting• Not overwriting

Logging delay

In the Data logging parameter, the Not Enter the time delay for measured
overwriting option is selected.
value logging.

0 to 999 h

Data logging control

In the Data logging parameter, the Not Start and stop measured value logging.
overwriting option is selected.

• None• Delete + start• StopEndress+Hauser

145

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User entry /User interface

Data logging status

In the Data logging parameter, the Not Displays the measured value logging
overwriting option is selected.
status.

• Done• Delay active• Active• Stopped

Entire logging duration

In the Data logging parameter, the Not Displays the total logging duration.
overwriting option is selected.

Positive floating-point
number*146

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12.1

General troubleshooting

For local display
Error

Endress+Hauser

Possible causes

Solution

Local display dark and no output
signals

Supply voltage does not match thevalue indicated on the nameplate.

Apply the correct supply voltage .

Local display dark and no output
signals

The polarity of the supply voltage is Correct the polarity.
wrong.

Local display dark and no output
signals

No contact between connecting
cables and terminals.

Check the connection of the cables
and correct if necessary.

Local display dark and no output
signals

Terminals are not plugged into the
I/O electronics module correctly.
Terminals are not plugged into themain electronics module correctly.

Check terminals.

Local display dark and no output
signals

I/O electronics module is defective.
Main electronics module isdefective.

Order spare part →  192.

Local display dark and no output
signals

The connector between the mainelectronics module and display
module is not plugged in correctly.

Check the connection and correct ifnecessary.

Local display dark and no output
signals

The connecting cable is not plugged 1. Check the connection of thein correctly.
electrode cable and correct ifnecessary.
2. Check the connection of the coilcurrent cable and correct ifnecessary.

Local display is dark, but signal
output is within the valid range

Display is set too bright or too dark. • Set the display brighter bysimultaneously pressing  + .
• Set the display darker bysimultaneously pressing  + .

Local display is dark, but signal
output is within the valid range

The cable of the display module isnot plugged in correctly.

Insert the plug correctly into themain electronics module anddisplay module.

Local display is dark, but signal
output is within the valid range

Display module is defective.

Order spare part →  192.

Backlighting of local display is red

Diagnostic event with "Alarm"
diagnostic behavior has occurred.

Take remedial measures →  162

Text on local display appears in aforeign language and cannot be
understood.

Incorrect operating language isconfigured.

1. Press  +  for 2 s ("homeposition").
2. Press .
3. Set the desired language in the
Display language parameter(→  125).

Message on local display:"Communication Error""Check Electronics"

Communication between thedisplay module and the electronics
is interrupted.

• Check the cable and theconnector between the mainelectronics module and display
module.
• Order spare part →  192.

147

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

For output signals
Error
Signal output outside the valid
range

Possible causes
Main electronics module isdefective.

Solution
Order spare part →  192.

Device shows correct value on local Configuration error
display, but signal output isincorrect, though in the valid range.

Check and correct the parameter
configuration.

Device measures incorrectly.

Configuration error or device isoperated outside the application.

1. Check and correct parameter
configuration.
2. Observe limit values specified inthe "Technical Data".

Possible causes

Solution

No write access to parameters

Hardware write protection enabled

Set the write protection switch on
main electronics module to the OFF
position →  134.

No write access to parameters

Current user role has limited accessauthorization

1. Check user role →  71.
2. Enter correct customer-specificaccess code →  71.

No connection via FOUNDATION
Fieldbus

Device plug connected incorrectly

Check the pin assignment of theconnector .

Not connecting to Web server

Web server disabled

Using the "FieldCare" or "DeviceCare"
operating tool, check whether the
Web server of the measuring device
is enabled, and enable it ifnecessary→  78.

Incorrect setting for the Ethernet
interface of the computer

1. Check the properties of theInternet protocol (TCP/IP)→  74→  74.
2. Check the network settings with
the IT manager.

Not connecting to Web server

Incorrect IP address

Check the IP address:
192.168.1.212 →  74→  74

Not connecting to Web server

Incorrect WLAN access data

• Check WLAN network status.
• Log on to the device again using
WLAN access data.
• Verify that WLAN is enabled on
the measuring device andoperating device →  74.

WLAN communication disabled–

Not connecting to Web server,
FieldCare or DeviceCare

No WLAN network available• Check if WLAN reception ispresent: LED on display module
is lit blue
• Check if WLAN connection isenabled: LED on display module
flashes blue
• Switch on instrument function.

Network connection not present or
unstable

WLAN network is weak.

• Operating device is outside ofreception range: Check network
status on operating device.
• To improve network
performance, use an external
WLAN antenna.

Parallel WLAN and Ethernet
communication• Check network settings.
• Temporarily enable only the
WLAN as an interface.

For access
Error

148

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Error
Web browser frozen and operation
no longer possible

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Possible causes

Solution

Data transfer active

Wait until data transfer or current
action is finished.

Connection lost

1. Check cable connection andpower supply.
2. Refresh the Web browser andrestart if necessary.

Not using optimum version of Web
server.

1. Use the correct Web browser
version →  73.
2. Clear the Web browser cache andrestart the Web browser.

Unsuitable view settings.

Change the font size/display ratioof the Web browser.

No or incomplete display ofcontents in the Web browser• JavaScript not enabled• JavaScript cannot be enabled

1. Enable JavaScript.
2. Enter http://XXX.XXX.X.XXX/
basic.html as the IP address.

Operation with FieldCare or
DeviceCare via CDI-RJ45 service
interface (port 8000)

Firewall of computer or network ispreventing communication

Depending on the settings of thefirewall used on the computer or in
the network, the firewall must be
adapted or disabled to allow
FieldCare/DeviceCare access.

Flashing of firmware with FieldCare Firewall of computer or network isor DeviceCare via CDI-RJ45 service
preventing communicationinterface (via port 8000 or TFTP
ports)

Depending on the settings of thefirewall used on the computer or in
the network, the firewall must be
adapted or disabled to allow
FieldCare/DeviceCare access.

Content of Web browser
incomplete or difficult to read

12.2

Diagnostic information via light emitting diodes

12.2.1

Transmitter

Proline 500 – digital
Different LEDs in the transmitter provide information on the device status.

Endress+Hauser

149

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

r

Po
I/O
I/O
I/O

we

2

3

4
ES
C

+
Po

ES

-

E

we

r
op
en
pres
s

C

+

-

op
en
pres
s

3.

2.

I/O

3

I/O

2

P

ow

er

1.

5

I/O

3

1
2

3

4
A0029689

1
2
3
4
5

Supply voltage
Device status
Not usedCommunication
Service interface (CDI) active

1.

Open the housing cover.

2.

Remove the display module.

3.

Fold open the terminal cover.

LED

Color

Meaning

Green

Supply voltage is ok.

OffSupply voltage is off or too low.

Device status (normal
operation)

Red

ProblemFlashing red

Warning

Device status (during
start-up)Flashes red slowly

If > 30 seconds: problem with the boot loader.

Flashes red quickly

If > 30 seconds: compatibility problem whenreading the firmware.

3

Not used––4

Communication

White

Communication active.

5

Service interface (CDI)

Yellow

Connection established.

Flashing yellow

Communication active.

Off

No connection.

1

2

2

Supply voltage

Proline 500
Different LEDs in the transmitter provide information on the device status.

150

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

1 2 3 4 5A0029629

1
2
3
4
5

Supply voltage
Device status
Not usedCommunication
Service interface (CDI) active

LED

Color

Meaning

Green

Supply voltage is ok.

OffSupply voltage is off or too low.

Device status (normal
operation)

Red

ProblemFlashing red

Warning

Device status (during
start-up)Flashes red slowly

If > 30 seconds: problem with the boot loader.

Flashes red quickly

If > 30 seconds: compatibility problem whenreading the firmware.

3

Not used––4

Communication

White

Communication active.

5

Service interface (CDI)

Yellow

Connection established.

Flashing yellow

Communication active.

Off

No connection.

1

2

2

Supply voltage

12.2.2

Sensor connection housing

Proline 500 – digital
Various light emitting diodes (LED) on the ISEM electronics (Intelligent Sensor Electronic
Module) in the sensor connection housing provide information on the device status.

1
64 B Communication
63 A
Communication

2

Alarm

Power

61 L+
62 L-

Power

3

A0029699

1
2
3

Endress+Hauser

Communication
Device status
Supply voltage

151Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

LED

Meaning1

Communication

White

Communication active.

2

Device status (normal
operation)

Red

ProblemFlashing red

Warning

Device status (during
start-up)Flashes red slowly

If > 30 seconds: problem with the boot loader.

Flashes red quickly

If > 30 seconds: compatibility problem whenreading the firmware.

Supply voltage

Green

Supply voltage is ok.

OffSupply voltage is off or too low.

2

3

152

Color

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12.3

Diagnostic information on local display

12.3.1

Diagnostic message

Faults detected by the self-monitoring system of the measuring device are displayed as adiagnostic message in alternation with the operational display.
Operational display in alarm condition

Diagnostic message

2 1

XXXXXXXXX

S

20.50

S801

3
4

Supply voltage

XX

X

S

XXXXXXXXX

i

Menu

5
A0029426-EN

1
2
3
4
5

Status signal
Diagnostic behavior
Diagnostic behavior with diagnostic code
Short text
Operating elements

If two or more diagnostic events are pending simultaneously, only the message of thediagnostic event with the highest priority is shown.
Other diagnostic events that have occurred can be displayed in the Diagnostics menu:• Via parameter →  183• Via submenus →  184
Status signals
The status signals provide information on the state and reliability of the device by
categorizing the cause of the diagnostic information (diagnostic event).
The status signals are categorized according to VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR
Recommendation NE 107: F = Failure, C = Function Check, S = Out of Specification, M= Maintenance Required
SymbolMeaning
FailureA device error has occurred. The measured value is no longer valid.
Function check
The device is in service mode (e.g. during a simulation).
Out of specification
The device is operated:
Outside its technical specification limits (e.g. outside the process temperature range)
Maintenance required
Maintenance is required. The measured value remains valid.

Endress+Hauser

153

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic behavior
SymbolMeaning
Alarm• Measurement is interrupted.
• Signal outputs and totalizers assume the defined alarm condition.
• A diagnostic message is generated.
Warning
Measurement is resumed. The signal outputs and totalizers are not affected. A diagnostic
message is generated.

Diagnostic information
The fault can be identified using the diagnostic information. The short text helps you byproviding information about the fault. In addition, the corresponding symbol for the
diagnostic behavior is displayed in front of the diagnostic information on the local display.
Diagnostic information
Diagnostic code
Diagnostic
behavior

Status signal

Diagnostic
numberShort text

↓

↓

↓

261

Electronics
modules

ExampleA0013962

A0013956

NAMUR
NE 1073-digit number

Operating elements
Key

MeaningPlus key
In a menu, submenu
Opens the message about remedy information.
Enter key
In a menu, submenu
Opens the operating menu.

154

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

12.3.2

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Calling up remedial measuresS

XXXXXXXXX

20.50

S801
Supply voltage
i

XX

X

S

XXXXXXXXX

Menu

1.

1

Diagnostic list
Diagnostics 1

S

S801 Supply voltage

Diagnostics 2
Diagnostics 3
2.
2
4
6

Supply voltage(ID:203)
S801 0d00h02m25s
Increase supply voltage

35

3.
A0029431-EN

 36

Message about remedial measures

1
2
3
4
5
6

Diagnostic information
Short text
Service ID
Diagnostic behavior with diagnostic code
Operation time of occurrence
Remedial measures

1.

The user is in the diagnostic message.
Press  ( symbol).
 The Diagnostic list submenu opens.

2.

Select the desired diagnostic event with  or  and press  .
 The message about the remedial measures opens.

3.

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The message about the remedial measures closes.

The user is in the Diagnostics menu at an entry for a diagnostics event, e.g. in the
Diagnostic list submenu or Previous diagnostics parameter.
1.

Press .
 The message for the remedial measures for the selected diagnostic event opens.

2.

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The message for the remedial measures closes.

12.4

Diagnostic information in the Web browser

12.4.1

Diagnostic options

Any faults detected by the measuring device are displayed in the Web browser on thehome page once the user has logged on.

Endress+Hauser

155

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1

2

3
A0031056

1
2
3

Status area with status signal
Diagnostic information
Remedy information with Service ID

In addition, diagnostic events which have occurred can be shown in the Diagnostics
menu:• Via parameter →  183• Via submenu →  184
Status signals
The status signals provide information on the state and reliability of the device by
categorizing the cause of the diagnostic information (diagnostic event).
SymbolMeaning
FailureA device error has occurred. The measured value is no longer valid.
Function check
The device is in service mode (e.g. during a simulation).
Out of specification
The device is operated:
Outside its technical specification limits (e.g. outside the process temperature range)
Maintenance required
Maintenance is required. The measured value is still valid.

The status signals are categorized in accordance with VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR
Recommendation NE 107.

12.4.2

Calling up remedy information

Remedy information is provided for every diagnostic event to ensure that problems can berectified quickly. These measures are displayed in red along with the diagnostic event andthe related diagnostic information.

12.5

Diagnostic information in FieldCare or DeviceCare

12.5.1

Diagnostic options

Any faults detected by the measuring device are displayed on the home page of theoperating tool once the connection has been established.
156

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

1
Xxxxxx/…/…/
Device name: Xxxxxxx

Mass flow:

12.34

kg/h

Device tag:

Volume flow:

12.34

m³/h

Xxxxxxx

Status signal:

Function check (C)XxxxxxDiagnostics 1:

C485 Simu...

P
P

Remedy information:

Deactivate...

P

Access status tooling:

Mainenance+Operation

+

Setup

+

Diagnostics+

ExpertFailure (F)2Function check (C)Diagnostics 1:

C485 Simulation measured vari...

Remedy information:

Deactivate Simulation (Service...

3

Out of spezification (S)Maintenance required (M)A0021799-EN

1
2
3

Status area with status signal→  153
Diagnostic information→  154
Remedy information with Service ID

In addition, diagnostic events which have occurred can be shown in the Diagnostics
menu:• Via parameter →  183• Via submenu →  184
Diagnostic information
The fault can be identified using the diagnostic information. The short text helps you byproviding information about the fault. In addition, the corresponding symbol for the
diagnostic behavior is displayed in front of the diagnostic information on the local display.
Diagnostic information
Diagnostic code
Diagnostic
behavior

Status signal

Diagnostic
numberShort text

↓

↓

↓

261

Electronics
modules

ExampleA0013962

A0013956

NAMUR
NE 10712.5.23-digit number

Calling up remedy information

Remedy information is provided for every diagnostic event to ensure that problems can berectified quickly:• On the home page
Remedy information is displayed in a separate field below the diagnostics information.
• In the Diagnostics menu
Remedy information can be called up in the working area of the user interface.

Endress+Hauser

157

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

The user is in the Diagnostics menu.
1.

Call up the desired parameter.

2.

On the right in the working area, mouse over the parameter.
 A tool tip with remedy information for the diagnostic event appears.

12.6

Adapting the diagnostic information

12.6.1

Adapting the diagnostic behavior

Each item of diagnostic information is assigned a specific diagnostic behavior at thefactory. The user can change this assignment for specific diagnostic information in the
Diagnostic behavior submenu.
Expert → System → Diagnostic handling → Diagnostic behavior
0723-1/ ../Diagn. behavior
Diagnostic no. 044

WarningDiagnostic no. 274
Diagnostic no. 801
A0014048-EN

 37

Taking the example of the local display

You can assign the following options to the diagnostic number as the diagnostic behavior:
Options

Description

Alarm

The device stops measurement. The signal outputs and totalizers assume the definedalarm condition. A diagnostic message is generated.
The background lighting changes to red.

Warning

The device continues to measure. The signal outputs and totalizers are not affected. A
diagnostic message is generated.

Logbook entry only

The device continues to measure. The diagnostic message is displayed only in the Eventlogbook submenu (Event list submenu) and is not displayed in alternation with theoperational display.

Off

The diagnostic event is ignored, and no diagnostic message is generated or entered.

12.6.2

Adapting the status signal

Each item of diagnostic information is assigned a specific status signal at the factory. The
user can change this assignment for specific diagnostic information in the Diagnostic
event category submenu.
Expert → Communication → Diagnostic event category
Available status signals
Configuration as per FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification (FF912), in accordance with
NAMUR NE107.
SymbolMeaning
FailureA device error is present. The measured value is no longer valid.
A0013956

Function check
The device is in service mode (e.g. during a simulation).
A0013959

158

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

SymbolDiagnostics and troubleshooting

Meaning

A0013958

Out of specification
The device is being operated:• Outside its technical specification limits (e.g. outside the process temperature range)• Outside of the configuration carried out by the user (e.g. maximum flow in parameter
20 mA value)
Maintenance required
Maintenance is required. The measured value is still valid.

A0013957

Enabling the configuration of the diagnostic information according to FF912
For compatibility reasons, the configuration of the diagnostic information according to
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification FF912 is not enabled when the device is deliveredfrom the factory.
Enabling the configuration of the diagnostic information according to FOUNDATION
Fieldbus Specification FF912
1.

Open the Resource block.

2.

In Feature Selection parameter, select Multi-bit Alarm (Bit-Alarm) Support
option.
 The diagnostic information can be configured according to FOUNDATION
Fieldbus Specification FF912.

Grouping the diagnostic information
Diagnostic information is assigned to different groups. The groups differ depending on theweighting (severity) of the diagnostic event:• Highest weighting• High weighting• Low weighting
Assignment of the diagnostic information (factory setting)
The assignment of the diagnostic information ex-works is indicated in the following
tables.
The individual ranges of the diagnostic information can be assigned to another status
signal →  160.
Some diagnostic information can be assigned individually, irrespective of their range→  161.
Overview and description of all diagnostic information →  162

Endress+Hauser

WeightingStatus signal(factory setting)

Allocation

Diagnostic information range

HighestFailure (F)SensorF000 to 199

Electronics

F200 to 399

Configuration

F400 to 700

Process

F800 to 999

WeightingStatus signal(factory setting)

Allocation

Diagnostic information range

High

Function check (C)SensorC000 to 199

Electronics

C200 to 399

159

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

WeightingStatus signal(factory setting)

Allocation

Diagnostic information range

Configuration

C400 to 700

Process

C800 to 999

WeightingStatus signal(factory setting)

Allocation

Diagnostic information range

Low

Out of specification (S)Sensor

S000 to 199

Electronics

S200 to 399

Configuration

S400 to 700

Process

S800 to 999

WeightingStatus signal(factory setting)

Allocation

Diagnostic information range

Low

Maintenance required (M)SensorM000 to 199

Electronics

M200 to 399

Configuration

M400 to 700

Process

M800 to 999

Changing the assignment of the diagnostic information
The individual ranges of the diagnostic information can be assigned to another status
signal. This is done by changing the bit in the associated parameter. The bit change always
applies for the entire range of the diagnostic information.
Some diagnostic information can be assigned individually, irrespective of their range→  161
Each status signal has a parameter in the Resource Block in which it is possible to define
the diagnostic event for which the status signal is transmitted:• Failure (F): FD_FAIL_MAP parameter• Function check (C): FD_CHECK_MAP parameter• Out of specification (S): FD_OFFSPEC_MAP parameter• Maintenance required (M): FD_MAINT_MAP parameter
Structure and assignment of the parameters for the status signals (factory setting)
Weighting

Allocation

Bit

FD_
FAIL_
MAP

FD_
CHECK_MAP

FD_
OFFSPEC_
MAP

FD_
MAINT_
MAP

HighestSensor

31

1

0

0

0

Electronics

30

1

0

0

0

Configuration

29

1

0

0

0

Process

28

1

0

0

0

Sensor

27

0

1

0

0

Electronics

26

0

1

0

0

Configuration

25

0

1

0

0

Process

24

0

1

0

0

Sensor

23

0

0

1

0

Electronics

22

0

0

1

0

Configuration

21

0

0

1

0

High

Low

160

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

WeightingDiagnostics and troubleshooting

Allocation

Bit

FD_
FAIL_
MAP

FD_
CHECK_MAP

FD_
OFFSPEC_
MAP

FD_
MAINT_
MAP

Process

20

0

0

1

0

Sensor

19

0

0

0

1

Electronics

18

0

0

0

1

Configuration

17

0

0

0

1

Process

16

0

0

0

1

Configurable range →  161

15 to
1

0

0

0

0

Reserved (Fieldbus Foundation)

0

0

0

0

0

Low

Changing the status signal for a range of diagnostic information
Example: The status signal for the diagnostic information for electronics with the "Highest"
weighting is to be changed from failure (F) to function check (C).
1.

Set the Resource Block to the OOS block mode.

2.

Open the FD_FAIL_MAP parameter in the Resource Block.

3.

Change Bit 30 to 0 in the parameter.

4.

Open the FD_CHECK_MAP parameter in the Resource Block.

5.

Change Bit 26 to 1 in the parameter.
 If a diagnostic event occurs for electronics with the "Highest weighting", thediagnostic information to this effect is displayed with the function check (C)status signal.

6.

Set the Resource Block to the AUTO block mode.

NOTICENo status signal is assigned to an area of diagnostic information.
If a diagnostic event occurs in this area, no status signal is transmitted to the control
system.
‣ If you are changing the parameters, make sure that a status signal is assigned to allareas.
If FieldCare is used, the status signal is enabled and disabled using the check box ofthe particular parameter.
Assigning diagnostic information individually to a status signal
Some diagnostic information can be individually assigned to a status signal, irrespective of
their original range.
Assigning diagnostic information individually to a status signal via FieldCare.

Endress+Hauser

1.

In the FieldCare navigation window: Expert → Communication → Field diagnostics→ Alarm detection enable2.

Select the desired diagnostic information from one of the fields Configurable Area
Bits 1 to Configurable Area Bits 15.

3.

Press Enter to confirm.

4.

When selecting the desired status signal (e.g. Offspec Map), also select theConfigurable Area Bit 1 to Configurable Area Bit 15 that was assigned previously
to the diagnostic information (step 2).

5.

Press Enter to confirm.
 The diagnostic event of the selected diagnostic information is recorded.

161

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.

In the FieldCare navigation window: Expert → Communication → Field diagnostics→ Alarm broadcast enable

7.

Select the desired diagnostic information from one of the fields Configurable Area
Bits 1 to Configurable Area Bits 15.

8.

Press Enter to confirm.

9.

When selecting the desired status signal (e.g. Offspec Map), also select theConfigurable Area Bit 1 to Configurable Area Bit 15 that was assigned previously
to the diagnostic information (step 7).

10. Press Enter to confirm.
 The selected diagnostic information is transmitted over the bus when adiagnostic event to this effect occurs.
A change in the status signal does not affect diagnostic information that alreadyexists. The new status signal is only assigned if this error occurs again after the status
signal has changed.
Transmitting the diagnostic information over the bus
Prioritizing diagnostic information for transmission over the bus
Diagnostic information is only transmitted over the bus if its priority is between 2 and 15.
Priority 1-events are displayed but are not transmitted over the bus. Diagnostic
information with priority 0 (factory setting) is ignored.
It is possible to change the priority individually for the different status signals. The
following parameters of the Resource Block are used for this purpose:• FD_FAIL_PRI• FD_CHECK_PRI• FD_OFFSPEC_PRI• FD_MAINT_PRISuppressing certain diagnostic information
It is possible to suppress certain events during transmission over the bus using a mask.
While these events are displayed they are not transmitted over the bus. This mask is in
FieldCare Expert → Communication → Field diagnostics → Alarm broadcast enable. The
mask is a negative selection mask, i.e. if a field is selected the associated diagnostic
information is not transmitted over the bus.

12.7

Overview of diagnostic information• The amount of diagnostic information and the number of measured variables
affected increase if the measuring device has one or more application packages.
• All of the measured variables affected in the entire Promass instrument family arealways listed under "Measured variables affected". The measured variables available
for the device in question depend on the device version. When assigning themeasured variables to the device functions, for example to the individual outputs, allof the measured variables available for the device version in question are available
for selection.
In the case of some items of diagnostic information, the status signal and the
diagnostic behavior can be changed. Change the diagnostic information →  158

162

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

12.7.1

Diagnostic of sensor

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Short text

022 Temperature sensor defective
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Sensor failure

1. Check or replace sensor
electronic module (ISEM)
2. If available: Check connection
cable between sensor andtransmitter
3. Replace sensor

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

046 Sensor limit exceeded
Measured variable status [from the factory] 1)
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

1. Inspect sensor
2. Check process condition

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

062 Sensor connection faulty
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Sensor failure

1. Check or replace sensor
electronic module (ISEM)
2. If available: Check connection
cable between sensor andtransmitter
3. Replace sensor

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

163

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

063 Exciter current faulty
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Sensor failure

1. Check or replace sensor
electronic module (ISEM)
2. If available: Check connection
cable between sensor andtransmitter
3. Replace sensor

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) S
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Check module connections
2. Contact service• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

082 Data storage
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Sensor failure

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

083 Memory content
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Sensor failure

1. Restart device• Empty pipe detection
2. Restore HistoROM S-DAT backup
option('Device reset' parameter)• Low flow cut off option
3. Replace HistoROM S-DAT• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

140 Sensor signal asymmetrical
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

1. Check or replace sensor
electronic module (ISEM)
2. If available: Check connection
cable between sensor andtransmitter
3. Replace sensor

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

164

Alarm

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Check or change sensor
2. Check process conditions• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

144 Measuring error too highMeasured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) F
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Alarm

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

12.7.2

Diagnostic of electronic

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

201 Device failure

1. Restart device
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Check software
2. Flash or change main electronics
module• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

242 Software incompatible
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

165

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Check electronic modules
2. Change electronic modules• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Check or replace connection
cable between sensor electronic
module (ISEM) and mainelectronics
2. Check or replace ISEM or mainelectronics• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

252 Modules incompatible
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

262 Sensor electronic connection faulty
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

270 Main electronic failure

Change main electronic module

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Restart device
2. Change main electronic module• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

271 Main electronic failure
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

166

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Short text

272 Main electronic failure

1. Restart device
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

273 Main electronic failure

Change electronic

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

275 I/O module 1 to n defective

Change I/O module

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

276 I/O module 1 to n faulty

1. Restart device
2. Change I/O module

Measured variable status
Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Non specificInfluenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

167

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

276 I/O module 1 to n faulty

1. Restart device
2. Change I/O module

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

283 Memory content

1. Reset device
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

302 Device verification active

Device verification active, pleasewait.

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

311 Electronic failure

1. Do not reset device
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) M
Diagnostic behavior
1)

168

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Replace user interface board
Ex d/XP: replace transmitter• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Restart device
2. Check electronic modules
3. Change I/O Modul or mainelectronics• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Restart device
2. Check if failure recurs
3. Replace sensor electronic module(ISEM)• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

332 Writing in embedded HistoROM failed
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

361 I/O module 1 to n faulty
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

372 Sensor electronic (ISEM) faulty
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

373 Sensor electronic (ISEM) faulty

1. Transfer data or reset device
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

169

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Restart device
2. Check if failure recurs
3. Replace sensor electronic module(ISEM)• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

374 Sensor electronic (ISEM) faulty
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

375 I/O- 1 to n communication failed
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

1. Restart device
2. Check if failure recurs
3. Replace module rack inclusiveelectronic modules

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

382 Data storage

1. Insert T-DAT
2. Replace T-DAT

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

383 Memory content
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

1. Restart device
2. Delete T-DAT via 'Reset device'
parameter
3. Replace T-DAT

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

170

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Contact service organization• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

387 Embedded HistoROM failed
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Device failure

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

12.7.3

Diagnostic of configuration

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

303 I/O 1 to n configuration changed
Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

1. Apply I/O module configuration(parameter 'Apply I/O
configuration')
2. Afterwards reload device
description and check wiring–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) M
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Update firmware of device
2. Restart device• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Update firmware of device
2. Restart device• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

330 Flash file invalid
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Configuration error

Status signal [from the factory] 1) M
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

331 Firmware update failed
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Configuration error

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

171

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

410 Data transfer

1. Check connection
2. Retry data transfer

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Configuration error• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Download active, please wait

• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

412 Processing download
Measured variable status
Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

431 Trim 1 to n

Carry out trim–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

437 Configuration incompatible

1. Restart device
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Configuration error

Influenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

172

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Check data set file
2. Check device configuration
3. Up- and download new
configuration• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

438 Dataset
Measured variable status
Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) M
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

441 Current output 1 to n

1. Check process
2. Check current output settings

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 2)
1)2)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

442 Frequency output 1 to n

1. Check process
2. Check frequency output settings

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 2)
1)2)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

173

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

443 Pulse output 1 to n

1. Check process
2. Check pulse output settings

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 2)
1)2)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

444 Current input 1 to n

1. Check process
2. Check current input settings

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 2)
1)2)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

453 Flow override

Deactivate flow override

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specificInfluenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

174

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Check module/channel
configuration
2. Check I/O module configuration• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

463 Analog input 1 to n selection invalid
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Configuration error

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

484 Failure mode simulation

Deactivate simulation

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Configuration error• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

485 Measured variable simulation

Deactivate simulation

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

486 Current input 1 to n simulation

Deactivate simulation–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

175

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

491 Current output 1 to n simulation

Deactivate simulation–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

492 Simulation frequency output 1 to n

Deactivate simulation frequency
outputMeasured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

493 Simulation pulse output 1 to n

Deactivate simulation pulse output–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

494 Switch output simulation 1 to n

Deactivate simulation switch output–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

176

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

495 Diagnostic event simulation

Deactivate simulation–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

496 Status input simulation

Deactivate simulation status input–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

497 Simulation block output

Deactivate simulation–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

520 I/O 1 to n hardware configuration invalid
Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

1. Check I/O hardware
configuration
2. Replace wrong I/O module
3. Plug the module of double pulse
output on correct slot–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

177

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

537 Configuration

1. Check IP addresses in network
2. Change IP address

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

594 Relay output simulation

Deactivate simulation switch output–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 1) C
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

12.7.4

Diagnostic of process

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

803 Current loop 1 to n

1. Check wiring
2. Change I/O module

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

178

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Reduce ambient temp. around thesensor housing• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

830 Sensor temperature too highMeasured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Increase ambient temp. around thesensor housing• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

831 Sensor temperature too low
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Reduce ambient temperature• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

832 Electronic temperature too highMeasured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

179

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Increase ambient temperature• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

833 Electronic temperature too low
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Reduce process temperature• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

834 Process temperature too highMeasured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Increase process temperature• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

835 Process temperature too low
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

180

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

842 Process limit

Low flow cut off active!
1. Check low flow cut off
configuration

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) S
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Warning

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

843 Process limit

Check process conditions

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) S
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

862 Partly filled pipe
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

1. Check for gas in process
2. Adjust detection limits–

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

882 Input signal

1. Check input configuration
2. Check external device or process
conditions

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Non specific–

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

181

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

910 Tubes not oscillating

1. Check electronic
2. Inspect sensor

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Non specificInfluenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 1) F
Diagnostic behavior
1)

Alarm

Status signal can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Check process cond.
2. Increase system pressure• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

912 Medium inhomogeneous
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

913 Medium unsuitable
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

1. Check process conditions
2. Check electronic modules or
sensorInfluenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

182

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Check process conditions forHeartbeat Monitoring• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Short text

944 Monitoring failed
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specific

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

948 Oscillation damping too highCheck process conditions

Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Non specificInfluenced measured
variables• Empty pipe detection
option• Low flow cut off option• Switch output status
option• Pressure option

Status signal [from the factory] 2) S
Diagnostic behavior [from thefactory] 3)
1)
2)
3)

Warning

Quality can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.
Status signal can be changed.
Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

12.8

Pending diagnostic events

The Diagnostics menu allows the user to view the current diagnostic event and theprevious diagnostic event separately.
To call up the measures to rectify a diagnostic event:• Via local display →  155• Via Web browser →  156• Via "FieldCare" operating tool →  157• Via "DeviceCare" operating tool →  157
Other pending diagnostic events can be displayed in the Diagnostic list submenu→  184
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu

 Diagnostics

Endress+Hauser

Actual diagnostics→  184

Previous diagnostics→  184183

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operating time from restart→  184

Operating time→  184

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Actual diagnostics

Prerequisite
A diagnostic event has occurred.

Description

User interface

Shows the current occured diagnostic
event along with its diagnostic
information.

Symbol for diagnostic
behavior, diagnostic codeand short message.

two or more messages occur
 Ifsimultaneously,
the message withthe highest priority is shown on
the display.
Previous diagnostics

Two diagnostic events have alreadyoccurred.

Shows the diagnostic event that
occurred prior to the current diagnostic
event along with its diagnostic
information.

Symbol for diagnostic
behavior, diagnostic codeand short message.

Operating time from restart–Shows the time the device has been in
operation since the last device restart.

Days (d), hours (h),minutes (m) and seconds(s)Operating time–

Indicates how long the device has beenin operation.

Days (d), hours (h),minutes (m) and seconds
(s)

12.9

Diagnostic messages in the DIAGNOSTIC Transducer
Block• The Actual diagnostics parameter (actual diagnostics) displays the message with thehighest priority.
• A list of the active alarms can be viewed via the Diagnostics 1 parameter(diagnostics_1) to Diagnostics 5 (diagnostics 5). If more than 5 messages are pending,the messages with the highest priority are shown on the display.
• You can view the last alarm that is no longer active via the Previous diagnostics
parameter (previous_diagnostics).

12.10 Diagnostic list
Up to 5 currently pending diagnostic events can be displayed in the Diagnostic list
submenu along with the associated diagnostic information. If more than 5 diagnostic
events are pending, the events with the highest priority are shown on the display.
Navigation path
Diagnostics → Diagnostic list

184

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostics and troubleshooting/ ../Diagnose list
Diagnostics
F273 Main electronic
Diagnostics 2
Diagnostics 3
A0014006-EN

 38

Taking the example of the local display

To call up the measures to rectify a diagnostic event:• Via local display →  155• Via Web browser →  156• Via "FieldCare" operating tool →  157• Via "DeviceCare" operating tool →  157

12.11 Event logbook
12.11.1 Reading out the event logbook
A chronological overview of the event messages that have occurred is provided in the
Events list submenu.
Navigation path
Diagnostics menu → Event logbook submenu → Event list
/ ../Eventlist
F
I1091 Config. change
I1157 Mem.err. ev.list
0d01h19m10s
F311 Electr. failure
A0014008-EN

 39

Taking the example of the local display• A maximum of 20 event messages can be displayed in chronological order.
• If the Extended HistoROM application package (order option) is enabled in the device,
the event list can contain up to 100 entries .
The event history includes entries for:• Diagnostic events →  162• Information events →  186
In addition to the operation time of its occurrence, each event is also assigned a symbolthat indicates whether the event has occurred or is ended:• Diagnostic event• : Occurrence of the event• : End of the event• Information event
: Occurrence of the event
To call up the measures to rectify a diagnostic event:• Via local display →  155• Via Web browser →  156• Via "FieldCare" operating tool →  157• Via "DeviceCare" operating tool →  157
For filtering the displayed event messages →  186

Endress+Hauser

185

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

12.11.2 Filtering the event logbook
Using the Filter options parameter you can define which category of event message isdisplayed in the Events list submenu.
Navigation path
Diagnostics → Event logbook → Filter options
Filter categories• All• Failure (F)• Function check (C)• Out of specification (S)• Maintenance required (M)• Information (I)12.11.3 Overview of information events
Unlike a diagnostic event, an information event is displayed in the event logbook only andnot in the diagnostic list.
Info number

186

Info name

I1000--------(Device ok)

I1079

Sensor changed

I1089

Power on

I1090

Configuration reset

I1091

Configuration changed

I1092

Embedded HistoROM deleted

I1111

Density adjust failure

I1137

Electronic changed

I1151

History reset

I1155

Reset electronic temperature

I1156

Memory error trend

I1157

Memory error event list

I1184

Display connected

I1209

Density adjustment ok

I1221

Zero point adjust failure

I1222

Zero point adjustment ok

I1256

Display: access status changed

I1278

I/O module reset detected

I1335

Firmware changed

I1361

Web server login failed

I1397

Fieldbus: access status changed

I1398

CDI: access status changed

I1444

Device verification passed

I1445

Device verification failed

I1447

Record application reference data

I1448

Application reference data recorded

I1449

Recording application ref. data failed

I1450

Monitoring off

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Info number

Info name

I1451

Monitoring on

I1457

Measured error verification failed

I1459

I/O module verification failed

I1460

HBSI verification failed

I1461

Sensor verification failed

I1462

Sensor electronic module verific. failed

I1512

Download started

I1513

Download finished

I1514

Upload started

I1515

Upload finishedI1618

I/O module replaced

I1619

I/O module replaced

I1621

I/O module replaced

I1622

Calibration changed

I1624

Reset all totalizers

I1625

Write protection activated

I1626

Write protection deactivatedI1627

Web server login successful

I1628

Display login successful

I1629

CDI login successful

I1631

Web server access changed

I1632

Display login failed

I1633

CDI login failed

I1634

Parameter factory reset

I1635

Parameter delivery reset

I1637

FOUNDATION Fieldbus specific reset done

I1639

Max. switch cycles number reached

I1649

Hardware write protection activated

I1650

Hardware write protection deactivated

I1712

New flash file received

I1725

Sensor electronic module (ISEM) changed

I1726

Configuration backup failed

12.12 Resetting the measuring device
Using theRestart parameter it is possible to reset the entire device configuration or someof the configuration to a defined state.

12.12.1 Function scope of the "Restart" parameter

Endress+Hauser

Options

Description

Uninitialized

The selection has no effect on the device.

Run

The selection has no effect on the device.

Resource

The selection has no effect on the device.

187

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Options

Description

Defaults

All FOUNDATION Fieldbus blocks are reset to their factory settings.
Example: Analog Input Channel to the Uninitialized option.

Processor

The device is restarted.

To delivery settings

Advanced FOUNDATION Fieldbus parameters (FOUNDATION Fieldbus blocks,
schedule information) and device parameters for which a customer-specific default
setting was ordered are reset to this customer-specific value.

12.12.2 Function scope of the "Service reset" parameter
Options

Description

Uninitialized

The selection has no effect on the device.

To delivery settings + MIB Advanced FOUNDATION Fieldbus parameters (FOUNDATION Fieldbus blocks,
schedule information, device tag and device address) and the device parameters forwhich a customer-specific default setting was ordered, are reset to this customerspecific value.
ENP restart

The parameters of the electronic name plate are reset.
The device is restarted.

12.13 Device information
The Device information submenu contains all parameters that display different
information for device identification.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Device information‣ Device information

188

Device tag→  189

Serial number→  189

Device name→  189

Firmware version→  189

Order code→  189

Extended order code 1→  189

Extended order code 2→  189

ENP version→  189

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User entry / User interface

Factory setting

Device tag

Enter the name for the measuring point.

Max. 32 characters such as
letters, numbers or special
characters (e. g. @, %, /)–Serial number

Displays the serial number of the measuring
device.

Max. 11-digit character string
comprising letters andnumbers.

–

Device nameShows the name of the transmitter.

Promass 300/500–

name can be found on the The
nameplate of the transmitter.
Firmware version

Shows the device firmware version installed.

Character string with thefollowing format:
xx.yy.zz–

Order code

Shows the device order code.

Character string composed ofletters, numbers and certain
punctuation marks–

Character string–

Character string–

Character string in the format
xx.yy.zz–

order code can be found on the The
nameplate of the sensor andtransmitter in the "Order code" field.
Extended order code 1

Shows the 1st part of the extended order
code.
extended order code can also be Thefound on the nameplate of the sensor
and transmitter in the "Ext. ord. cd."
field.

Extended order code 2

Shows the 2nd part of the extended order
code.
extended order code can also be Thefound on the nameplate of the sensor
and transmitter in the "Ext. ord. cd."
field.

ENP version

Endress+Hauser

Shows the version of the electronic
nameplate (ENP).

189

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

12.14 Firmware history
Releasedate

Firmwareversion02.2017 01.00.zz

Order codefor"Firmwareversion"Firmwarechanges

Option 74

Original firmware

Documentation
type

OperatingInstructions

Documentation

BA01567D/06/EN/01.16

It is possible to flash the firmware to the current version or the previous version using
the service interface.
For the compatibility of the firmware version with the previous version, the installed
device description files and operating tools, observe the information about the device
in the "Manufacturer's information" document.
The manufacturer's information is available:• In the Download Area of the Endress+Hauser web site: www.endress.com →Downloads• Specify the following details:• Product root: e.g. 8Q5B
The product root is the first part of the order code: see the nameplate on thedevice.
• Text search: Manufacturer's information• Media type: Documentation – Technical Documentation

190

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

13

Maintenance

13.1

Maintenance tasks

MaintenanceNo special maintenance work is required.

13.1.1

Exterior cleaning

When cleaning the exterior of measuring devices, always use cleaning agents that do notattack the surface of the housing or the seals.

13.2

Measuring and test equipment

Endress+Hauser offers a wide variety of measuring and test equipment, such as W@M or
device tests.
Your Endress+Hauser Sales Center can provide detailed information on the services.
List of some of the measuring and testing equipment: →  194→  196

13.3

Endress+Hauser services

Endress+Hauser offers a wide variety of services for maintenance such as recalibration,
maintenance service or device tests.
Your Endress+Hauser Sales Center can provide detailed information on the services.

Endress+Hauser

191

Repair

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

14

Repair

14.1

General notes

14.1.1

Repair and conversion concept

The Endress+Hauser repair and conversion concept provides for the following:• The measuring devices have a modular design.
• Spare parts are grouped into logical kits with the associated Installation Instructions.
• Repairs are carried out by Endress+Hauser Service or by appropriately trained customers.
• Certified devices can only be converted to other certified devices by Endress+Hauser
Service or at the factory.

14.1.2

Notes for repair and conversion

For repair and modification of a measuring device, observe the following notes:‣ Use only original Endress+Hauser spare parts.
‣ Carry out the repair according to the Installation Instructions.
‣ Observe the applicable standards, federal/national regulations, Ex documentation (XA)
and certificates.

‣ Document every repair and each conversion and enter them into the W@M life cycle
management database.

14.2

Spare parts

W@M Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer):
All the spare parts for the measuring device, along with the order code, are listed here andcan be ordered. If available, users can also download the associated Installation
Instructions.
Measuring device serial number:• Is located on the nameplate of the device.
• Can be read out via the Serial number parameter in the Device information
submenu.

14.3

Endress+Hauser services

Endress+Hauser offers a wide range of services.
Your Endress+Hauser Sales Center can provide detailed information on the services.

14.4

ReturnThe requirements for safe device return can vary depending on the device type andnational legislation.

192

1.

Refer to the website for more information:
http://www.endress.com/support/return-material

2.

Return the device if repairs or a factory calibration are required, or if the wrong
device was ordered or delivered.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

14.5

Repair

Disposal

If required by the Directive 2012/19/EU on waste electrical and electronic equipment(WEEE), the product is marked with the depicted symbol in order to minimize thedisposal of WEEE as unsorted municipal waste. Do not dispose of products bearing thismarking as unsorted municipal waste. Instead, return them to Endress+Hauser for
disposal under the applicable conditions.

14.5.1
1.

Removing the measuring device

Switch off the device.

LWARNING
Danger to persons from process conditions.
‣ Beware of hazardous process conditions such as pressure in the measuring device, hightemperatures or aggressive fluids.
2.

Carry out the mounting and connection steps from the "Mounting the measuring
device" and "Connecting the measuring device" sections in reverse order. Observe thesafety instructions.

14.5.2

Disposing of the measuring device

LWARNING
Danger to personnel and environment from fluids that are hazardous to health.
‣ Ensure that the measuring device and all cavities are free of fluid residues that arehazardous to health or the environment, e.g. substances that have permeated into
crevices or diffused through plastic.
Observe the following notes during disposal:‣ Observe valid federal/national regulations.
‣ Ensure proper separation and reuse of the device components.

Endress+Hauser

193

Accessories

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

15

Accessories

Various accessories, which can be ordered with the device or subsequently from Endress+Hauser, are available for the device. Detailed information on the order code in question isavailable from your local Endress+Hauser sales center or on the product page of theEndress+Hauser website: www.endress.com.

15.1

Device-specific accessories

15.1.1For the transmitter

Accessories

Description

Transmitter• Proline 500 – digital• Proline 500

Transmitter for replacement or storage. Use the order code to define the following
specifications:• Approvals• Output• Input• Display/operation• Housing• Software
Proline 500 – digital transmitter: • Order
number: 8X5BXX-*********A• Proline 500 transmitter:
Order number: 8X5BXX-*********B
500 transmitter for replacement: Proline
It is essential to specify the serial number of the current transmitter whenordering. Based on the serial number, the device-specific data (e.g.,calibration factors) of the replacement device can be used for the newtransmitter.
500 – digital transmitter: Installation Instructions EA01151D
 •• Proline
Proline 500 transmitter: Installation Instructions EA01152D

External WLAN antenna

External WLAN antenna with 1.5 m (59.1 in) connecting cable and two angle
brackets. Order code for "Accessory enclosed", option P8 "Wireless antenna widearea".
The external WLAN antenna is not suitable for use in hygienic • applications.
• Further information on the WLAN interface →  80.

 Order number: 71351317
 Installation Instructions EA01238D
Pipe mounting set

Pipe mounting set for transmitter.
500 – digital transmitter Proline
Order number: 71346427
 Installation Instructions EA01195D
500 transmitter Proline
Order number: 71346428

Protective coverTransmitter• Proline 500 – digital• Proline 500

Is used to protect the measuring device from the effects of the weather: e.g.
rainwater, excess heating from direct sunlight.
500 – digital transmitter • Proline
Order number: 71343504• Proline 500 transmitter
Order number: 71343505

 Installation Instructions EA01191D

194

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Accessories

Display guard
Proline 500 – digital

Is used to protect the display against impact or scoring from sand in desert areas.

Connecting cable
Proline 500 – digital
Sensor –Transmitter

The connecting cable can be ordered directly with the measuring device (order codefor "Cable, sensor connection) or as an accessory (order number DK8012).

 Order number: 71228792
 Installation Instructions EA01093D
The following cable lengths are available: order code for "Cable, sensor connection"• Option B: 20 m (65 ft)• Option E: User configurable up to max. 50 m
• Option F: User configurable up to max. 165 ft
possible cable length for a Proline 500 – digital connecting cable:
 Maximum
300 m (1 000 ft)

Connecting cable
Proline 500
Sensor –Transmitter

The connecting cable can be ordered directly with the measuring device (order codefor "Cable, sensor connection") or as an accessory (order number DK8012).
The following cable lengths are available: order code for "Cable, sensor connection"• Option 1: 5 m (16 ft)• Option 2: 10 m (32 ft)• Option 3: 20 m (65 ft)

 Possible cable length for a Proline 500 connecting cable: max. 20 m (65 ft)
15.1.2For the sensor

Accessories

Description

Heating jacket

Is used to stabilize the temperature of the fluids in the sensor. Water, water vaporand other non-corrosive liquids are permitted for use as fluids.

 If using oil as a heating medium, please consult with Endress+Hauser.
• If ordered together with the measuring device:order code for "Enclosed accessories"• Option RB "heating jacket, G 1/2" internal thread"• Option RC "heating jacket, G 3/4" internal thread"• Option RD "Heating jacket, NPT 1/2" internal thread"• Option RE "Heating jacket, NPT 3/4" internal thread"• If ordered subsequently:
Use the order code with the product root DK8003.

 Special Documentation SD02161D
15.2

Communication-specific accessories

Accessories

Description

Fieldgate FXA42

Is used to transmit the measured values of connected 4 to 20 mA analog
measuring devices, as well as digital measuring devices
Technical Information TI01297S
 •• Operating
Instructions BA01778S• Product page: www.endress.com/fxa42

Endress+Hauser

195

Accessories

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Field Xpert SMT70

The Field Xpert SMT70 tablet PC for device configuration enables mobile plant
asset management in hazardous and non-hazardous areas. It is suitable forcommissioning and maintenance staff to manage field instruments with a digitalcommunication interface and to record progress.
This tablet PC is designed as an all-in-one solution with a preinstalled driver libraryand is an easy-to-use, touch-sensitive tool which can be used to manage field
instruments throughout their entire life cycle.
Technical Information TI01342S
 •• Operating
Instructions BA01709S• Product page: www.endress.com/smt70

Field Xpert SMT77

The Field Xpert SMT77 tablet PC for device configuration enables mobile plant
asset management in areas categorized as Ex Zone 1.
Technical Information TI01418S
 •• Operating
Instructions BA01923S• Product page: www.endress.com/smt77

15.3

Service-specific accessories

Accessories

Description

Applicator

Software for selecting and sizing Endress+Hauser measuring devices:• Choice of measuring devices for industrial requirements• Calculation of all the necessary data for identifying the optimum flowmeter:
e.g. nominal diameter, pressure loss, flow velocity and accuracy.
• Graphic illustration of the calculation results• Determination of the partial order code, administration, documentation andaccess to all project-related data and parameters over the entire life cycle ofa project.
Applicator is available:• Via the Internet: https://portal.endress.com/webapp/applicator• As a downloadable DVD for local PC installation.

W@M

W@M Life Cycle Management
Improved productivity with information at your fingertips. Data relevant to aplant and its components is generated from the first stages of planning andduring the asset’s complete life cycle.
W@M Life Cycle Management is an open and flexible information platform
with online and on-site tools. Instant access for your staff to current, in-depth
data shortens your plant’s engineering time, speeds up procurement processes
and increases plant uptime.
Combined with the right services, W@M Life Cycle Management boosts
productivity in every phase. For more information, visit
www.endress.com/lifecyclemanagement

FieldCare

FDT-based plant asset management tool from Endress+Hauser.
It can configure all smart field units in your system and helps you manage
them. By using the status information, it is also a simple but effective way ofchecking their status and condition.

 Operating Instructions BA00027S and BA00059S
DeviceCare

Tool to connect and configure Endress+Hauser field devices.

 Innovation brochure IN01047S

196

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

15.4

Accessories

System components

Accessories

Description

Memograph M graphic
data manager

The Memograph M graphic data manager provides information on all the relevantmeasured variables. Measured values are recorded correctly, limit values aremonitored and measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB
internal memory and also on a SD card or USB stick.
Information TI00133R
 •• Technical
Operating Instructions BA00247R

Cerabar M

The pressure transmitter for measuring the absolute and gauge pressure of gases,
steam and liquids. It can be used to read in the operating pressure value.
Information TI00426P and TI00436P
 •• Technical
Operating Instructions BA00200P and BA00382P

Cerabar S

The pressure transmitter for measuring the absolute and gauge pressure of gases,
steam and liquids. It can be used to read in the operating pressure value.
Technical Information TI00383P
 •• Operating
Instructions BA00271P

iTEMP

The temperature transmitters can be used in all applications and are suitable forthe measurement of gases, steam and liquids. They can be used to read in themedium temperature.

 "Fields of Activity" document FA00006T

Endress+Hauser

197

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

16

Technical data

16.1

Application

The measuring device is intended only for the flow measurement of liquids and gases.
Depending on the version ordered, the measuring device can also measure potentiallyexplosive, flammable, poisonous and oxidizing media.
To ensure that the device remains in proper operating condition for its service life, use themeasuring device only for media against which the process-wetted materials are
sufficiently resistant.

16.2

Function and system design

Measuring principle

Mass flow measurement based on the Coriolis measuring principle

Measuring system

The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor. The transmitter and sensor
are mounted in physically separate locations. They are interconnected by connecting
cables.
For information on the structure of the device →  13

198

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

16.3
Measured variable

Technical data

Input

Direct measured variables• Mass flow
• Density• Temperature
Calculated measured variables• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Reference density

Measuring range

Measuring range for liquids
DN
Measuring device

DN
Compatible pipe diameter

Measuring range full scalevalues min(F) to max(F)

[mm]

[in]

[mm]

[in]

[kg/h][lb/min]

25

1

25/40

1/1½

0 to 20 000

0 to 735

50

2

50/80

2/3

0 to 80 000

0 to 2 94080

380/1003/4

0 to 200 000

0 to 7 350100

4100/150

4/6

0 to 550 000

0 to 20 210

Measuring range for gases
The full scale value depends on the density and the sound velocity of the gas used and canbe calculated with the formula below:max(G) = minimum (max(F) · ρG : x ; ρG · cG · π/2 · (di)2 · 3600)
 max(G)Maximum full scale value for gas [kg/h]

 max(F)Maximum full scale value for liquid [kg/h]

 max(G) <  max(F) max(G) can never be greater than  max(F)ρG

Gas density in [kg/m³] at operating conditionsx

Constant dependent on nominal diametercG

Sound velocity (gas) [m/s]diMeasuring tube internal diameter [m]

DN

x

[mm]

[in]

[kg/m3]

25

1

100

50

2

100

80

3

120

100

4

200

Calculation example for gas• Sensor: Promass Q, DN 50• Gas: Air with a density of 60.3 kg/m³ (at 20 °C and 50 bar)
• Measuring range (liquid): 80 000 kg/h
• x = 100 kg/m³ (for Promass Q, DN 50)
Endress+Hauser

199

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Maximum possible full scale value: max(G) =  max(F) · ρG : x = 80 000 kg/h · 60.3 kg/m³ : 100 kg/m³ = 48 240 kg/h
Recommended measuring range
Flow limit →  215

Operable flow range

Over 1000 : 1.
Flow rates above the preset full scale value do not override the electronics unit, with theresult that the totalizer values are registered correctly.

Input signal

External measured values
Various pressure and temperature measuring devices can be ordered from Endress+Hauser: see "Accessories" section →  197
It is recommended to read in external measured values to calculate the corrected volume
flow.
Current input
The measured values are written from the automation system to the measuring device via
the current input →  200.
Digital communication
The measured values are written from the automation system to the measuring device via
FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
Current input 0/4 to 20 mA
Current input

0/4 to 20 mA (active/passive)

Current span

• 4 to 20 mA (active)• 0/4 to 20 mA (passive)

Resolution

1 µA

Voltage drop

Typically: 0.6 to 2 V for 3.6 to 22 mA (passive)

Maximum input voltage≤ 30 V (passive)

Open-circuit voltage≤ 28.8 V (active)

Possible input variables• Pressure• Temperature• Density

Status input

200

Maximum input values• DC –3 to 30 V
• If status input is active (ON): Ri >3 kΩ

Response time

Configurable: 5 to 200 ms

Input signal level• Low signal: DC –3 to +5 V
• High signal: DC 12 to 30 V

Assignable functions• Off• Reset the individual totalizers separately• Reset all totalizers• Flow override

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

16.4
Output signal

Technical data

Output

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

H1, IEC 61158-2, galvanically isolated

Data transfer

31.25 kbit/s

Current consumption

10 mA

Permitted supply voltage

9 to 32 V

Bus connection

With integrated reverse polarity protection

Current output 4 to 20 mA
Signal mode

Can be set to:• Active• Passive

Current span

Can be set to:• 4 to 20 mA NAMUR• 4 to 20 mA US• 4 to 20 mA• 0 to 20 mA (only if the signal mode is active)• Fixed current

Maximum output values

22.5 mA

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Maximum input voltage

DC 30 V (passive)

Load

0 to 700 Ω

Resolution

0.38 µA

Damping

Configurable: 0 to 999.9 s

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation damping 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Current output 4 to 20 mA Ex i passive

Endress+Hauser

Order code

"Output; input 2" (21), "Output; input 3" (022):
Option C: current output 4 to 20 mA Ex i passive

Signal mode

Passive

Current span

Can be set to:• 4 to 20 mA NAMUR• 4 to 20 mA US• 4 to 20 mA• Fixed current

Maximum output values

22.5 mA

Maximum input voltage

DC 30 V201

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Load

0 to 700 Ω

Resolution

0.38 µA

Damping

Configurable: 0 to 999 s

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation damping 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Pulse/frequency/switch output
FunctionCan be set to pulse, frequency or switch output

VersionOpen collector
Can be set to:• Active• Passive• Passive NAMUR Ex-i, passive
Maximum input values

DC 30 V, 250 mA (passive)

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Voltage drop

For 22.5 mA: ≤ DC 2 V

Pulse output
Maximum input values

DC 30 V, 250 mA (passive)

Maximum output current

22.5 mA (active)

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Pulse width

Configurable: 0.05 to 2 000 ms

Maximum pulse rate

10 000 Impulse/s

Pulse value

Adjustable

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow

Frequency output

202

Maximum input values

DC 30 V, 250 mA (passive)

Maximum output current

22.5 mA (active)

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Output frequency

Adjustable: end value frequency 2 to 10 000 Hz (f max = 12 500 Hz)

Damping

Configurable: 0 to 999.9 s

Pulse/pause ratio

1:1

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Assignable measured
variables

Technical data

• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation damping 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Switch output
Maximum input values

DC 30 V, 250 mA (passive)

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Switching behavior

Binary, conductive or non-conductive

Switching delay

Configurable: 0 to 100 s

Number of switchingcyclesUnlimited

Assignable functions

• Off
• On
• Diagnostic behavior• Limit value• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Totalizer 1-3• Flow direction monitoring• Status• Partially filled pipe detection• Low flow cut off
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Relay output

Endress+Hauser

Function

Switch output

Version

Relay output, galvanically isolated

Switching behavior

Can be set to:• NO (normally open), factory setting• NC (normally closed)203

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Maximum switchingcapacity (passive)• DC 30 V, 0.1 A• AC 30 V, 0.5 A

Assignable functions

• Off
• On
• Diagnostic behavior• Limit value• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Totalizer 1-3• Flow direction monitoring• Status• Partially filled pipe detection• Low flow cut off
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

User-configurable input/output
One specific input or output is assigned to a user-configurable input/output (configurableI/O) during device commissioning.
The following inputs and outputs are available for assignment:• Choice of current output: 4 to 20 mA (active), 0/4 to 20 mA (passive)• Pulse/frequency/switch output• Choice of current input: 4 to 20 mA (active), 0/4 to 20 mA (passive)• Status input
Signal on alarm

Depending on the interface, failure information is displayed as follows:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Status and alarm
messages

Diagnostics in accordance with FF-891

Failure current FDE (Fault
Disconnection Electronic)

0 mA

Current output 0/4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Failure mode

Choose from:• 4 to 20 mA in accordance with NAMUR recommendation NE 43• 4 to 20 mA in accordance with US• Min. value: 3.59 mA• Max. value: 22.5 mA• Freely definable value between: 3.59 to 22.5 mA• Actual value• Last valid value

0 to 20 mA
Failure mode

204

Choose from:• Maximum alarm: 22 mA• Freely definable value between: 0 to 20.5 mA

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Technical data

Pulse/frequency/switch output
Pulse output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Actual value• No pulses

Frequency output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Actual value• 0 Hz• Defined value (f max 2 to 12 500 Hz)

Switch output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Current status• Open• Closed

Relay output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Current status• Open• Closed

Local display
Plain text display

With information on cause and remedial measures

Backlight

Red backlighting indicates a device error.

Status signal as per NAMUR recommendation NE 107
Interface/protocol• Via digital communication:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus• Via service interface• CDI-RJ45 service interface• WLAN interface
Plain text display

With information on cause and remedial measures

Web browser
Plain text display

With information on cause and remedial measures

Light emitting diodes (LED)
Status information

Status indicated by various light emitting diodes
The following information is displayed depending on the device version:• Supply voltage active• Data transmission active• Device alarm/error has occurred Diagnostic information via light emitting diodes →  149
Endress+Hauser

205

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Low flow cut off

The switch points for low flow cut off are user-selectable.

Galvanic isolation

The outputs are galvanically isolated from one another and from earth (PE).

Protocol-specific data

Manufacturer ID

0x452B48 (hex)

Ident number

0x103B (hex)

Device revision

1

DD revision

Information and files under:• www.endress.com• www.fieldbus.org

CFF revisionInteroperability Test Kit (ITK) Version 6.2.0
ITK Test Campaign Number

Information:• www.endress.com• www.fieldbus.org

Link Master capability (LAS)

Yes

Choice of "Link Master" and"Basic Device"

Yes
Factory setting: Basic Device

Node address

Factory setting: 247 (0xF7)

Supported functions

The following methods are supported:• Restart• ENP Restart• Diagnostic• Set to OOS• Set to AUTO
• Read trend data
• Read event logbook

Virtual Communication Relationships (VCRs)
Number of VCRs

44

Number of link objects in VFD 50
Permanent entries

1

Client VCRs

0

Server VCRs

10

Source VCRs

43

Sink VCRs

0

Subscriber VCRs

43

Publisher VCRs

43

Device Link Capabilities
Slot time4

Min. delay between PDU

8Max. response delay

16

System integration

Information regarding system integration →  85.
• Cyclic data transmission• Description of the modules• Execution times• Methods

16.5
Terminal assignment
206

Power supply→  37
Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Technical data

Device plugs available→  37

Pin assignment, device plug→  38Supply voltage

Order code for"Power supply"

Terminal voltage

Option D

DC 24 V

Option E

AC 100 to 240 V –15 to +10%

50/60 HzDC 24 V–

Option I

Power consumption

Frequency range
±20%

±20%

AC 100 to 240 V –15 to +10%–

50/60 Hz

TransmitterMax. 10 W (active power)switch-on current

Current consumption

Max. 36 A (<5 ms) as per NAMUR Recommendation NE 21

Transmitter• Max. 400 mA (24 V)• Max. 200 mA (110 V, 50/60 Hz; 230 V, 50/60 Hz)

Power supply failure• Totalizers stop at the last value measured.
• Depending on the device version, the configuration is retained in the device memoryor in
the pluggable data memory (HistoROM DAT).
• Error messages (incl. total operated hours) are stored.

Electrical connection→  47

Potential equalization→  53

Terminals

Spring-loaded terminals: Suitable for strands and strands with ferrules.
Conductor cross-section 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 12 AWG).

Cable entries• Cable gland: M20 × 1.5 with cable ⌀ 6 to 12 mm (0.24 to 0.47 in)• Thread for cable entry:• NPT ½"
• G ½"• M20• Device plug for digital communication: M12• Device plug for connecting cable: M12
A device plug is always used for the device version with the order code for "Sensor
connection housing", option C "Ultra-compact, hygienic, stainless".

Cable specification→  33Endress+Hauser

207

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

16.6
Reference operating
conditions

Performance characteristics• Error limits based on ISO 11631• Water with +15 to +45 °C (+59 to +113 °F) at2 to 6 bar (29 to 87 psi)
• Specifications as per calibration protocol• Accuracy based on accredited calibration rigs that are traced to ISO 17025.
To obtain measured errors, use the Applicator sizing tool →  196

Maximum measured erroro.r. = of reading; 1 g/cm³ = 1 kg/l; T = medium temperature
Base accuracy
Design fundamentals →  211
Mass flow and volume flow (liquids)±0.05 % o.r. (PremiumCal; order code for "Calibration flow", option D, for mass flow)±0.10 % o.r.
Mass flow (gases)±0.35 % o.r.
Density±0.2 kg/m³ / ±0.0002 g/cm³
Valid between 20 °C and 60 °C. The measured error increases by 0.015 kg/(m3⋅°C) outside
the temperature range
Valid range for density calibration: 0 to 2 000 kg/m³, +20 to +60 °C (+68 to +140 °F)
For highly accurate density measurement, avoid significant tensile stresses due to theinstallation and ensure the flow velocity in the nominal diameter is > 0.1 m/s.
Temperature±0.1 °C ± 0.003 · T °C (±0.18 °F ± 0.003 · (T – 32) °F)
Zero point stability
DN

Zero point stability

[mm]

[in]

[kg/h][lb/min]

25

1

0.36

0.013

50

2

1.8

0.066

80

3

5.4

0.20

100

4

11.5

0.42

Flow values
Flow values as turndown parameter depending on nominal diameter.

208

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Technical data

SI units
DN

1:1

1:10

1:20

1:50

1:100

1:500

[mm]

[kg/h][kg/h][kg/h][kg/h][kg/h][kg/h]

25

20 000

2 000

1 000

400

200

40

50

80 000

8 000

4 000

1 600

800

160

80

200 000

20 000

10 000

4 000

2 000

400

100

550 000

55 00027 500

11 000

5 500

1 100

US units
DN

1:1

1:10

1:20

1:50

1:100

1:500

[inch][lb/min][lb/min][lb/min][lb/min][lb/min][lb/min]

1

736

73.6

36.8

14.7

7.4

1.5

2

2 944

294.4

147.2

58.9

29.5

5.9

3

7 360

736

368

147.2

73.6

14.7

4

20 240

2 024

1 012

404.8

202.4

40.5

Accuracy of outputs
The outputs have the following base accuracy specifications.
Current output
Accuracy±5 µA

Pulse/frequency output
o.r. = of reading
Accuracy

Repeatability

Max. ±50 ppm o.r. (over the entire ambient temperature range)o.r. = of reading; 1 g/cm3 = 1 kg/l; T = medium temperature
Base repeatability
Design fundamentals →  211
Mass flow and volume flow (liquids)±0.025 % o.r.
Mass flow (gases)±0.25 % o.r.
Density (liquids)±0.1 kg/m3 / ±0.0001 g/cm3
Temperature±0.05 °C ± 0.0025 · T °C (±0.09 °F ± 0.0015 · (T–32) °F)

Response time
Endress+Hauser

The response time depends on the configuration (damping).
209

Technical data

Influence of ambient
temperature

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Current output
Temperature coefficientMax. 1 μA/°C

Pulse/frequency output
Temperature coefficient

Influence of medium
temperature

No additional effect. Included in accuracy.

Mass flow and volume flowo.f.s. = of full scale value
When there is a difference between the temperature for zero point adjustment and theprocess temperature, the additional measured error of the sensor is typically
DN 25 (1"): ±0.0001 % o.f.s./°C (±0.00005 % o.f.s./°F)
DN 50, 80, 100 (2", 3", 4"): ±0.00015 % o.f.s./°C (±0.000075 % o.f.s./°F)
The effect is reduced if zero point adjustment is performed at process temperature.
Density
When there is a difference between the density calibration temperature and the processtemperature, the typical measured error of the sensor is±0.015 kg/m3 /°C (±0.0075 kg/m3 /°F)
3[kg/m ]
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
-200

-100

-150

-50

0

50

100

150

200 [°C]

300

400

[°F]
-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

A0028731

Temperature±0.005 · T °C (± 0.005 · (T – 32) °F)
Influence of medium
pressure

210

Mass flow
DN[% o.r./bar]±0.0005[% o.r./psi]±0.00003

[mm]

[in]

25

1

–0.0040–0.0002750

2–0.0025–0.0001780

3–0.0085–0.00057100

4–0.0040–0.00027

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Technical data

Volume flow
DN[% o.r./bar]±0.0008[% o.r./psi]±0.00005

[mm]

[in]

25

1

–0.0011–0.000073

50

2+0.0009+0.000060

80

3–0.0061–0.004070

100

4–0.0034–0.000227[% o.r./bar]±0.0006[% o.r./psi]±0.00004

Density
DN

Design fundamentals

[mm]

[in]

25

1

–0.0029–0.000193

50

2–0.0034–0.000227

80

3–0.0024–0.000160

100

4–0.0006–0.000040

o.r. = of reading, o.f.s. = of full scale value
BaseAccu = base accuracy in % o.r., BaseRepeat = base repeatability in % o.r.
MeasValue = measured value; ZeroPoint = zero point stability
Calculation of the maximum measured error as a function of the flow rate
Flow rate

Maximum measured error in % o.r.

ZeroPoint³ BaseAccu ⋅ 100± BaseAccu
A0021339
A0021332

ZeroPoint< BaseAccu ⋅ 100±

ZeroPoint
MeasValue ⋅ 100

A0021333

A0021334

Calculation of the maximum repeatability as a function of the flow rate
Flow rate³

Maximum repeatability in % o.r.

½ ⋅ ZeroPoint
BaseRepeat ⋅ 100

A0021340
A0021335<½ ⋅ ZeroPoint
BaseRepeat ⋅ 100

ZeroPoint± ½ ⋅ MeasValue ⋅ 100
A0021336

Endress+Hauser

A0021337

211

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Example for maximum measured error
E [%]
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100 Q [%]
A0028741

E
Q

Maximum measured error in % o.r. (example with PremiumCal)
Flow rate in % of maximum full scale value

16.7
Installation conditions→  21

16.8
Ambient temperature
range

Installation

Environment→  24→  24
Temperature tables
Observe the interdependencies between the permitted ambient and fluid
temperatures when operating the device in hazardous areas.
For detailed information on the temperature tables, see the separate document
entitled "Safety Instructions" (XA) for the device.

Storage temperature–50 to +80 °C (–58 to +176 °F)

Climate class

DIN EN 60068-2-38 (test Z/AD)

Degree of protection

Transmitter• As standard: IP66/67, type 4X enclosure• When housing is open: IP20, type 1 enclosure• Display module: IP20, type 1 enclosure
SensorAs standard: IP66/67, type 4X enclosure
External WLAN antenna
IP67

Vibration- and shockresistance212

Vibration sinusoidal, in accordance with IEC 60068-2-6
Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option LA, SD, SE, SF, TH,
TT, TU• 2 to 8.4 Hz, 3.5 mm peak
• 8.4 to 2 000 Hz, 1 g peakEndress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Technical data

Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option HA, SA, SB, SC• 2 to 8.4 Hz, 7.5 mm peak
• 8.4 to 2 000 Hz, 2 g peakTransmitter• 2 to 8.4 Hz, 7.5 mm peak
• 8.4 to 2 000 Hz, 2 g peak
Vibration broad-band random, according to IEC 60068-2-64
Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option LA, SD, SE, SF, TH,
TT, TU• 10 to 200 Hz, 0.003 g2/Hz• 200 to 2 000 Hz, 0.001 g2/Hz• Total: 1.54 g rms
Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option HA, SA, SB, SC• 10 to 200 Hz, 0.01 g2/Hz• 200 to 2 000 Hz, 0.003 g2/Hz• Total: 2.70 g rms
Transmitter• 10 to 200 Hz, 0.01 g2/Hz• 200 to 2 000 Hz, 0.003 g2/Hz• Total: 2.70 g rms
Shock half-sine, according to IEC 60068-2-27• Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface",
option LA, SD, SE, SF, TH, TT, TU
6 ms 30 g• Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option HA, SA, SB, SC
6 ms 50 g• Transmitter
6 ms 50 g
Rough handling shocks, according to IEC 60068-2-31
Mechanical load
Electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC)

Never use the transmitter housing as a ladder or climbing aid.
Details are provided in the Declaration of Conformity.

16.9

Process

Medium temperature range
Standard version–50 to +205 °C (–58 to +401 °F)

Order code for "Measuring tube
mat., wetted surface", option SA, SB

Low-temperature version–196 to +150 °C (–320 to +302 °F)

Order code for "Measuring tube
mat., wetted surface", option LA

NOTICE
Material fatigue due to excessive
temperature difference!
‣ Maximum temperature
difference of media used: 300 K

Endress+Hauser

213

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Dependency of ambient temperature on medium temperature
Ta
A
B

Tm
A0031121

 40
Ta
Tm
A
B

Exemplary representation, values in the table below.

Ambient temperature range
Medium temperature
Maximum permitted medium temperature Tm at Ta max = 60 °C (140 °F); higher medium temperatures Tm
require a reduced ambient temperature Ta
Maximum permitted ambient temperature Ta for the maximum specified medium temperature Tm of thesensorValues for devices used in the hazardous area:
Separate Ex documentation (XA) for the device →  227.
Not insulated

InsulatedA
Version 1)
Standard version
1)

B
Ta

Tm

60 °C (140 °F)

205 °C (401 °F)

A

Ta Tm
–

–

B
Ta

Tm

Ta

Tm

60 °C (140 °F)

150 °C (302 °F)

50 °C (122 °F)

205 °C (401 °F)

The values apply for Promass Q 500 - digital and Promass Q 500.

Density
Pressure-temperature
ratings
Sensor housing

0 to 5 000 kg/m3 (0 to 312 lb/cf)
An overview of the pressure-temperature ratings for the process connections isprovided in the "Technical Information" document

The sensor housing is filled with helium and protects the electronics and mechanics inside.
If a measuring tube fails (e.g. due to process characteristics like corrosive or abrasive
fluids), the fluid will initially be contained by the sensor housing.
In the event of a tube failure, the pressure level inside the sensor housing will riseaccording to the operating process pressure. If the user judges that the sensor housing
burst pressure does not provide an adequate safety margin, the device can be fitted with arupture disk. This prevents excessively high pressure from forming inside the sensor
housing. Therefore, the use of a rupture disk is strongly recommended in applications
involving high gas pressures, and particularly in applications in which the process pressureis greater than 2/3 of the sensor housing burst pressure.
If there is a need to drain the leaking medium into a discharge device, the sensor should be
fitted with a rupture disk. Connect the discharge to the additional threaded connection .

214

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Technical data

If the sensor is to be purged with gas (gas detection), it should be equipped with purge
connections.
Do not open the purge connections unless the containment can be filled immediately
with a dry, inert gas. The use of helium at low pressure is recommended for purging.
Maximum pressure: 0.5 bar (7.3 psi)
Burst pressure of the sensor housing
The following sensor housing burst pressures are only valid for standard devices and/or
devices equipped with closed purge connections (not opened/as delivered).
If a device fitted with purge connections (order code for "Sensor option", option CH "Purge
connection") is connected to the purge system, the maximum pressure is determined by thepurge system itself or by the device, depending on which component has the lower
pressure classification.
If the device is fitted with a rupture disk (order code for "Sensor option", option CA "Rupturedisk"), the rupture disk trigger pressure is decisive .
The sensor housing burst pressure refers to a typical internal pressure which is reachedprior to mechanical failure of the sensor housing and which was determined during type
testing. The corresponding type test declaration can be ordered with the device (order codefor "Additional approval", option LN "Sensor housing burst pressure, type test").
DN

Sensor housing burst pressure

[mm]

[in]

[bar]

[psi]

25

1

220

3 191

50

2

160

2 320

80

3

150

2 175

100

4

120

1 740

For information on the dimensions: see the "Mechanical construction" section of the"Technical Information" document
Rupture disk

To increase the level of safety, a device version with a rupture disk with a trigger pressureof 10 to 15 bar (145 to 217.5 psi)can be used (order code for "Sensor option", option"rupture disk").
For information on the dimensions of the rupture disk: see the "Mechanicalconstruction" section of the "Technical Information" document

Flow limit

Select the nominal diameter by optimizing between the required flow range andpermissible pressure loss.
For an overview of the full scale values for the measuring range, see the "Measuring
range" section →  199• The minimum recommended full scale value is approx. 1/20 of the maximum full scale
value• In most applications, 20 to 50 % of the maximum full scale value can be considered ideal• A low full scale value must be selected for abrasive media (such as liquids with entrainedsolids): flow velocity < 1 m/s (< 3 ft/s).
To calculate the flow limit, use the Applicator sizing tool →  196

Endress+Hauser

215

Technical data

Pressure loss

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

To calculate the pressure loss, use the Applicator sizing tool →  196

System pressure

16.10 Mechanical construction
Design, dimensions

Weight

For the dimensions and installation lengths of the device, see the "Technical
Information" document, "Mechanical construction" section.
All values (weight exclusive of packaging material) refer to devices with EN/DIN
PN 40 flanges.
Transmitter• Proline 500 – digital polycarbonate: 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs)
• Proline 500 – digital aluminum: 2.4 kg (5.3 lbs)
• Proline 500 aluminum: 6.5 kg (14.3 lbs)
• Proline 500 cast, stainless: 15.6 kg (34.4 lbs)
Sensor• Sensor with aluminum connection housing version: see the information in the following
table• Sensor with cast connection housing version, stainless: +3.7 kg (+8.2 lbs)
Weight in SI units
DN[mm]

Weight [kg]

25

11

50

33

80

60

100

149

Weight in US units

Materials

DN[in]

Weight [lbs]

1

24

2

73

3

132

4

329

Transmitter housing
Housing of Proline 500 – digital transmitter
Order code for "Transmitter housing":• Option A "Aluminum coated": aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated• Option D "Polycarbonate": polycarbonate

216

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Technical data

Housing of Proline 500 transmitter
Order code for "Transmitter housing":• Option A "Aluminum coated": aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated• Option L "Cast, stainless": cast, stainless steel, 1.4409 (CF3M) similar to 316L
Window material
Order code for "Transmitter housing":• Option A "Aluminum, coated": glass• Option D "Polycarbonate": plastic• Option L "Cast, stainless": glass
Fastening components for mounting on a post
• Screws, threaded bolts, washers, nuts: stainless A2 (chrome-nickel steel)• Metal plates: stainless steel, 1.4301 (304)
Sensor connection housing
Order code for "Sensor connection housing":• Option A "Aluminum coated": aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated• Option B "Stainless":• Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)• Optional: Order code for "Sensor feature", option CC "Hygienic version, for maximum
corrosion resistance": stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)• Option C "Ultra-compact, stainless":• Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)• Optional: Order code for "Sensor feature", option CC "Hygienic version, for maximum
corrosion resistance": stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)• Option L "Cast, stainless": 1.4409 (CF3M) similar to 316L
Cable entries/cable glands
Cable entries and adapters

Material

Cable gland M20 × 1.5

Plastic• Adapter for cable entry with female thread G ½"
• Adapter for cable entry with female thread NPT ½"

Nickel-plated brassavailable for certain device versions: •OnlyOrdercode for "Transmitter housing":• Option A "Aluminum, coated"• Option D "Polycarbonate"• Order code for "Sensor connection housing":• Proline 500 – digital:
Option A "Aluminum coated"
Option B "Stainless"
Option L "Cast, stainless"• Proline 500:
Option B "Stainless"
Option L "Cast, stainless"• Adapter for cable entry with female thread G ½"
• Adapter for cable entry with female thread NPT ½"

Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)

available for certain device versions: Only• Order code for "Transmitter housing":
Option L "Cast, stainless"• Order code for "Sensor connection housing":
Option L "Cast, stainless"
Adapter for device plugEndress+Hauser

Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)

Device plug for digital communication:
Only available for certain device versions .

217

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Device plug
Electrical connection

Material

Plug M12x1• Socket: Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)• Contact housing: Polyamide• Contacts: Gold-plated brass

Connecting cable
UV rays can impair the cable outer sheath. Protect the cable from exposure to sun as
much as possible.
Connecting cable for sensor - Proline 500 – digital transmitter
PVC cable with copper shield
Connecting cable for sensor - Proline 500 transmitter• Standard cable: PVC cable with copper shield• Armored cable: PVC cable with copper shield and additional steel wire braided jacket
Measuring tubes
Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316/316L); manifold: stainless steel, 1.4404 (316/316L)
Process connections
Flanges according to EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) / according to ASME B16.5 / as per JIS
B2220:
Stainless steel, 1.4404 (F316/F316L)
Available process connections→  218
Seals
Welded process connections without internal seals
Accessories
Protective cover
Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)
External WLAN antenna• Antenna: ASA plastic (acrylic ester-styrene-acrylonitrile) and nickel-plated brass• Adapter: Stainless steel and nickel-plated brass• Cable: Polyethylene• Plug: Nickel-plated brass• Angle bracket: Stainless steel
Process connections

Fixed flange connections:• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) flange• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2512N) flange• ASME B16.5 flange• JIS B2220 flange
Process connection materials →  218

218

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Surface roughness

Technical data

All data relate to parts in contact with fluid. The following surface roughness quality canbe ordered.
• Not polished• Ramax = 0.76 µm (30 µin)
• Ramax = 0.38 µm (15 µin)

16.11 Human interface
Languages

Can be operated in the following languages:• Via local operation
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Portuguese, Polish, Russian, Turkish,
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Bahasa (Indonesian), Vietnamese, Czech, Swedish• Via Web browser
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Portuguese, Polish, Russian, Turkish,
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Bahasa (Indonesian), Vietnamese, Czech, Swedish• Via "FieldCare", "DeviceCare" operating tool: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian,
Chinese, Japanese

Local operation

Via display module
Equipment:• Order code for "Display; operation", option F "4-line, illuminated, graphic display;
touch control"• Order code for "Display; operation", option G "4-line, illuminated, graphic display;
touch control + WLAN"
Information about WLAN interface →  80

1

2

A0028232

 41
1
2

Operation with touch control

Proline 500 – digital
Proline 500

Display elements• 4-line, illuminated, graphic display• White background lighting; switches to red in event of device errors• Format for displaying measured variables and status variables can be individuallyconfigured• Permitted ambient temperature for the display: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature
range.

Endress+Hauser

219

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operating elements• External operation via touch control (3 optical keys) without opening the housing: ,, • Operating elements also accessible in the various zones of the hazardous area
Remote operation→  79Service interface→  79Supported operating tools

Different operating tools can be used for local or remote access to the measuring device.
Depending on the operating tool used, access is possible with different operating units andvia a variety of interfaces.
Supported operating
tools

Operating unit

Interface

Additional information

Web browser

Notebook, PC or tablet
with Web browser• CDI-RJ45 service
interface• WLAN interface

Special Documentation fordevice →  227

DeviceCare SFE100

Notebook, PC or tablet• CDI-RJ45 service
with Microsoft Windowsinterfacesystem• WLAN interface• Fieldbus protocol→  196

FieldCare SFE500

Notebook, PC or tablet• CDI-RJ45 service
with Microsoft Windowsinterfacesystem• WLAN interface• Fieldbus protocol→  196

Device Xpert

Field Xpert SFX
100/350/370

Operating Instructions
BA01202S

HART and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
fieldbus protocol

Device description files:
Use update function ofhandheld terminal

Other operating tools based on FDT technology with a device driver such as DTM/
iDTM or DD/EDD can be used for device operation. These operating tools are available
from the individual manufacturers. Integration into the following operating tools,
among others, is supported:• FactoryTalk AssetCentre (FTAC) by Rockwell Automation →www.rockwellautomation.com• Asset Management Solutions (AMS) by Emerson → www.emersonprocess.com• FieldCommunicator 375/475 by Emerson → www.emersonprocess.com• Field Device Manager (FDM) by Honeywell → www.honeywellprocess.com• FieldMate by Yokogawa → www.yokogawa.com• PACTWare → www.pactware.com
The associated device description files are available at: www.endress.com →Downloads
Web serverThanks to the integrated Web server, the device can be operated and configured via a Web
browser and via a service interface (CDI-RJ45) or via a WLAN interface. The structure of
the operating menu is the same as for the local display. In addition to the measured values,
status information on the device is also displayed and allows the user to monitor the statusof the device. Furthermore the device data can be managed and the network parameters
can be configured.

220

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Technical data

A device that has a WLAN interface (can be ordered as an option) is required for the
WLAN connection: order code for "Display; operation", option G "4-line, illuminated; touch
control + WLAN". The device acts as an Access Point and enables communication bycomputer or a mobile handheld terminal.
Supported functions
Data exchange between the operating unit (such as a notebook for example) and themeasuring device:• Upload the configuration from the measuring device (XML format, configuration
backup)• Save the configuration to the measuring device (XML format, restore configuration)• Export event list (.csv file)• Export parameter settings (.csv file or PDF file, document the measuring point
configuration)• Export the Heartbeat verification log (PDF file, only available with the "Heartbeat
Verification" application package)• Flash firmware version for device firmware upgrade, for instance• Download driver for system integration• Visualize up to 1000 saved measured values (only available with the Extended
HistoROM application package →  225)
Web server special documentation →  227

HistoROM
data management

The measuring device features HistoROM data management. HistoROM data management
comprises both the storage and import/export of key device and process data, making
operation and servicing far more reliable, secure and efficient.
When the device is delivered, the factory settings of the configuration data are stored
as a backup in the device memory. This memory can be overwritten with an updated
data record, for example after commissioning.
Additional information on the data storage concept

There are different types of data storage units in which device data are stored and used by the device:
Available data

Device memory

T-DAT

S-DAT

• Event logbook such as diagnostic events forexample• Parameter data record backup• Device firmware package• Driver for system integration for exporting
via Web server, e.g:
DD for FOUNDATION Fieldbus• Measured value logging ("Extended
HistoROM" order option)• Current parameter data record (usedby firmware at run time)• Peakhold indicator (min/max values)• Totalizer values• Sensor data: nominal diameter etc.
• Serial number• Calibration data
• Device configuration (e.g. SW
options, fixed I/O or multi I/O)

Attachable to the user interface board
in the connection compartment

In the sensor plug in the transmitter
neck part

Storage location Fixed on the user interface board in theconnection compartment

Endress+Hauser

221

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Data backup
Automatic• The most important device data (sensor and transmitter) are automatically saved in the
DAT modules• If the transmitter or measuring device is replaced: once the T-DAT containing theprevious device data has been exchanged, the new measuring device is ready for
operation again immediately without any errors• If the sensor is replaced: once the sensor has been replaced, new sensor data aretransferred from the S-DAT in the measuring device and the measuring device is readyfor operation again immediately without any errors• If exchanging the electronics module (e.g. I/O electronics module): Once the electronics
module has been replaced, the software of the module is compared against the current
device firmware. The module software is upgraded or downgraded where necessary. The
electronics module is available for use immediately afterwards and no compatibility
problems occur.
ManualAdditional parameter data record (complete parameter settings) in the integrated device
memory HistoROM backup for:• Data backup function
Backup and subsequent restoration of a device configuration in the device memory
HistoROM backup• Data comparison function
Comparison of the current device configuration with the device configuration saved in
the device memory HistoROM backup
Data transfer
Manual• Transfer of a device configuration to another device using the export function of thespecific operating tool, e.g. with FieldCare, DeviceCare or Web server: to duplicate theconfiguration or to store in an archive (e.g. for backup purposes)• Transmission of the drivers for system integration via Web server, e.g.:
DD for FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Event list
Automatic• Chronological display of up to 20 event messages in the events list
• If the Extended HistoROM application package (order option) is enabled: up to 100
event messages are displayed in the events list along with a time stamp, plain text
description and remedial measures• The events list can be exported and displayed via a variety of interfaces and operating
tools e.g. DeviceCare, FieldCare or Web server
Data logging
ManualIf the Extended HistoROM application package (order option) is enabled:• Record up to 1 000 measured values via 1 to 4 channels• User configurable recording interval• Record up to 250 measured values via each of the 4 memory channels• Export the measured value log via a variety of interfaces and operating tools e.g.
FieldCare, DeviceCare or web server

16.12 Certificates and approvals
Currently available certificates and approvals can be called up via the productconfigurator.
222

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

CE mark

Technical data

The device meets the legal requirements of the applicable EU Directives. These are listed in
the corresponding EU Declaration of Conformity along with the standards applied.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.

RCM-tick symbol

The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications
and Media Authority (ACMA)".

Ex approval

The devices are certified for use in hazardous areas and the relevant safety instructions areprovided in the separate "Safety Instructions" (XA) document. Reference is made to thisdocument on the nameplate.

Sanitary compatibility• 3-A approval• Only measuring devices with the order code for "Additional approval", option LP "3A"
have 3-A approval.
• The 3-A approval refers to the measuring device.
• When installing the measuring device, ensure that no liquid can accumulate on theoutside of the measuring device.
Remote transmitters must be installed in accordance with the 3-A Standard.
• Accessories (e.g. heating jacket, weather protection cover, wall holder unit) must be
installed in accordance with the 3-A Standard.
Each accessory can be cleaned. Disassembly may be necessary under certain
circumstances.
• EHEDG-tested
Only devices with the order code for "Additional approval", option LT "EHEDG" have beentested and meet the requirements of the EHEDG.
To meet the requirements for EHEDG certification, the device must be used with processconnections in accordance with the EHEDG position paper entitled "Easy Cleanable Pipe
Couplings and Process Connections" (www.ehedg.org).
• FDA• Food Contact Materials Regulation (EC) 1935/2004

Pharmaceuticalcompatibility• FDA 21 CFR 177• USP <87>
• USP <88> Class VI 121 °C• TSE/BSE Certificate of Suitability• cGMP
Devices with order code for "Test, certificate", option JG "Compliance with requirements
derived from cGMP, declaration" are in accordance with cGMP requirements relating
to the surfaces of wetted parts, design, FDA 21 CFR material conformity, USP Class VI
tests and TSE/BSE-compliance.
A manufacturer's declaration specific to the serial number is supplied with the device.

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
certification

Endress+Hauser

FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
The measuring device is certified and registered by the FieldComm Group. The measuringsystem meets all the requirements of the following specifications:• Certified in accordance with FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1• Interoperability Test Kit (ITK), revision version 6.2.0 (certificate available on request)• Physical Layer Conformance Test
• The device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers(interoperability)

223

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Pressure Equipment
Directive• With the identification PED/G1/x (x = category) on the sensor nameplate,Endress+Hauser confirms conformity with the "Essential Safety Requirements" specified
in Appendix I of the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
• Devices not bearing this marking (PED) are designed and manufactured according togood engineering practice. They meet the requirements of Article 4 paragraph 3 of thePressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU. The range of application is indicated intables 6 to 9 in Annex II of the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.

Radio approval

The measuring device has radio approval.
For detailed information regarding radio approval, see Special Documentation→  227

Additional certification

CRN approval
Some device versions have CRN approval. A CRN-approved process connection with a CSA
approval must be ordered for a CRN-approved device.
Tests and certificates• EN10204-3.1 material certificate, parts and sensor housing in contact with medium• Pressure testing, internal procedure, inspection certificate• PMI test (XRF), internal procedure, wetted parts, test report• Compliance with requirements derived from cGMP, Declaration• EN10204-2.1 confirmation of compliance with the order and EN10204-2.2 test report
Testing of welded connections
OptionTest standard

Component

ISO 23277 AL2x (PT)
ASME
ASME
NORSOK Measuring tube Process connection
ISO 10675-1 AL1 (RT, DR) B31.3 VIII Div.1
M-601
NFS Appx. 4+8
CF

x

KK

x

KP

x

KR
K1
K2
K3
K4

x
x
x
x
x

PT

RT

PT

RT

PT

RT

VT, PT

VT, RT

PT

DR

PT

DR

PT

DR

VT, PT

VT, DR

PT = penetrant testing, RT = radiographic testing, VT = visual testing, DR = digital radiography
All options with test report

Other standards andguidelines

224• EN 60529
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)• IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Environmental influences: Test procedure - Test Fc: vibrate (sinusoidal).
• IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Environmental influences: Test procedure - Test Ec: shocks due to rough handling,
primarily for devices.
• EN 61010-1
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratoryuse - general requirements

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Technical data

• IEC/EN 61326
Emission in accordance with Class A requirements. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC
requirements).
• NAMUR NE 21
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control
equipment• NAMUR NE 32
Data retention in the event of a power failure in field and control instruments withmicroprocessors• NAMUR NE 43
Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitterswith analog output signal.
• NAMUR NE 53
Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics• NAMUR NE 80
The application of the pressure equipment directive to process control devices• NAMUR NE 105
Specifications for integrating fieldbus devices in engineering tools for field devices• NAMUR NE 107
Self-monitoring and diagnosis of field devices• NAMUR NE 131
Requirements for field devices for standard applications• NAMUR NE 132
Coriolis mass meter

16.13 Application packages
Many different application packages are available to enhance the functionality of thedevice. Such packages might be needed to address safety aspects or specific application
requirements.
The application packages can be ordered with the device or subsequently fromEndress+Hauser. Detailed information on the order code in question is available from yourlocal Endress+Hauser sales center or on the product page of the Endress+Hauser website:www.endress.com.
Detailed information on the application packages:
Special Documentation for the device →  227
Diagnostics functions

Package

Description

Extended HistoROM

Comprises extended functions concerning the event log and the activation of themeasured value memory.
Event log:
Memory volume is extended from 20 message entries (standard version) to up to
100 entries.
Data logging (line recorder):• Memory capacity for up to 1000 measured values is activated.
• 250 measured values can be output via each of the 4 memory channels. The
recording interval can be defined and configured by the user.
• Measured value logs can be accessed via the local display or operating tool e.g.
FieldCare, DeviceCare or Web server.

Endress+Hauser

225

Technical data

Heartbeat Technology

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Package

Description

Heartbeat Verification+Monitoring

Heartbeat Verification
Meets the requirement for traceable verification to DIN ISO 9001:2008 Chapter
7.6 a) "Control of monitoring and measuring equipment".
• Functional testing in the installed state without interrupting the process.
• Traceable verification results on request, including a report.
• Simple testing process via local operation or other operating interfaces.
• Clear measuring point assessment (pass/fail) with high test coverage within theframework of manufacturer specifications.
• Extension of calibration intervals according to operator's risk assessment.
Heartbeat Monitoring
Continuously supplies data, which are characteristic of the measuring principle, toan external condition monitoring system for the purpose of preventive
maintenance or process analysis. These data enable the operator to:• Draw conclusions - using these data and other information - about the impact
process influences (such as corrosion, abrasion, buildup etc.) have on themeasuring performance over time.
• Schedule servicing in time.
• Monitor the process or product quality, e.g. gas pockets.

Concentration

Package

Description

Concentration

Calculation and outputting of fluid concentrations
The measured density is converted to the concentration of a substance of a binary
mixture using the "Concentration" application package:• Choice of predefined fluids (e.g. various sugar solutions, acids, alkalis, salts,ethanol etc.)• Common or user-defined units (°Brix, °Plato, % mass, % volume, mol/l etc.) for
standard applications.
• Concentration calculation from user-defined tables.

Petroleum

Package

Description

Petroleum

The most important parameters for the Oil & Gas Industry can be calculated anddisplayed with this application package.
• Corrected volume flow and calculated reference density in accordance with the"API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards, Chapter 11.1"• Water content, based on density measurement• Weighted mean of the density and temperature

16.14 Accessories
Overview of accessories available for order →  194

16.15 Supplementary documentation
For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to thefollowing:• W@M Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer): Enter the serial number
from nameplate• Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplate orscan the 2D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate

226

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Standard documentation

Technical data

Brief Operating Instructions

Brief Operating Instructions for the sensor
Measuring device

Documentation code

Proline Promass Q

KA01262D

Brief Operating Instructions for transmitter
Measuring device

Documentation code

Proline 500 – digital

KA01233D

Proline 500

KA01291D

Technical Information
Measuring device

Documentation code

Promass Q 500

TI01287D

Description of Device Parameters
Measuring device

Documentation code

Promass 500

GP01096D

Device-dependent
additional documentation

Safety instructions
Safety instructions for electrical equipment for hazardous areas.

Contents

Documentation code
Measuring device

ATEX/IECEx Ex i

XA01473D

ATEX/IECEx Ex ec

XA01474D

cCSAus IS

XA01475D

cCSAus Ex i

XA01509D

cCSAus Ex nA

XA01510D

INMETRO Ex i

XA01476D

INMETRO Ex ec

XA01477D

NEPSI Ex i

XA01478D

NEPSI Ex nA

XA01479D

NEPSI Ex i

XA01658D

NEPSI Ex nA

XA01659DJPN

XA01780D

Special Documentation
Contents

Documentation code

Information on the Pressure Equipment Directive

SD01614D

Radio approvals for WLAN interface for A309/A310 display module

SD01793D

Web server

SD01669D

Endress+Hauser

227

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Contents

Documentation code

Heartbeat Technology

SD01703D

Concentration measurementSD01709D

Petroleum–

Installation Instructions
Contents

Comment

Installation instructions for spare part sets andaccessories• Access the overview of all the available spare part sets via W@M Device Viewer →  192• Accessories available for order with Installation Instructions →  194

228

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Index

Index
0…9

3-A approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

A

Access authorization to parameters
Read access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Write access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Incorrect input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Adapting the diagnostic behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Adapting the status signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Additional certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Ambient temperature
Influence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
AMS Device Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Application packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

C

Cable entries
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Cable entry
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 223
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
cGMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Check
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Checklist
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Cleaning
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Climate class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Advanced settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Configuring the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Connecting the connecting cable
Proline 500 – digital transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Proline 500 terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Proline 500 transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Sensor connection housing, Proline 500 . . . . . . . . 47
Sensor connection housing, Proline 500 - digital . . 40
Terminal assignment of Proline 500 - digital . . . . . 40
Connecting the measuring device
Proline 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Proline 500 – digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Connecting the signal cable/supply voltage cable
Proline 500 – digital transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Proline 500 transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Endress+Hauser

Connection
see Electrical connection
Connection preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Connection tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Context menu
Calling up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Cyclic data transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

D

Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Define access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 133
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 212
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Design fundamentals
Maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Device components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Device documentation
Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Device locking, status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Device nameSensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Device repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Device revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Device type ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
DeviceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Device description file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Diagnostic behavior
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Diagnostic information
Design, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 157
DeviceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Light emitting diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Remedial measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Diagnostic list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Diagnostic message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
DIAGNOSTIC Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Diagnostics
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
DIP switch
see Write protection switch
Direct access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Direct access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Disabling write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

229

Index

Displaysee Onsite display
Display area
For operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
In the navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Display values
For locking status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Document
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Down pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

E

Editing view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Input screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Using operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 66
EHDEG-certified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Electrical connection
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operating tools
Via FOUNDATION Fieldbus network . . . . . . . . 79
Via service interface (CDI-RJ45) . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Via WLAN interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
WLAN interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Electronics module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Enabling write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Enabling/disabling the keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Endress+Hauser services
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Environment
Mechanical load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Vibration- and shock-resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Error messages
see Diagnostic messages
Event list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Extended order code
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

F

FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Field Communicator
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Field Communicator 475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Field of application
Residual risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Field Xpert
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Field Xpert SFX350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
230

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Device description file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Establishing a connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Filtering the event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
FirmwareRelease date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Firmware history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Flow direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 27
Flow limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Food Contact Materials Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
FOUNDATION Fieldbus certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Function range
Field Xpert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Function scope
AMS Device Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Field Communicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Field Communicator 475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Functionssee ParameterG

Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

H

Hardware write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Help text
Calling up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
HistoROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

I

Identifying the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Influence
Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Medium pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Medium temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Information on the document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Inspection
Received goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Inspection check
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Installation conditions
Down pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Installation dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Rupture disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Installation dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

L

Languages, operation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Line recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
see Diagnostic message
see In alarm condition
see Operational display
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

M

Main electronics module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Maintenance tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Managing the device configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Manufacturer ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Manufacturing date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 18
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Measured values
see Process variables
Measuring and test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Measuring device
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Mounting the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Preparing for electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Preparing for mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Switch-on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Measuring range
Calculation example for gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
For gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
For liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Measuring range, recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Mechanical load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Medium pressure
Influence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Medium temperature
Influence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Menu
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Menus
For measuring device configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
For specific settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Mounting dimensions
see Installation dimensions
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Mounting preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Mounting tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

N

NameplateSensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Endress+Hauser

Index

Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Navigation path (navigation view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Navigation view
In the submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
In the wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Numeric editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

O

Onsite display
Numeric editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Text editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 154
Operating keys
see Operating elements
Operating menu
Menus, submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Submenus and user roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Operating philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Operation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Order code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 18
Orientation (vertical, horizontal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

P

Packaging disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Parameter
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Entering values or text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Parameter settings
Administration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Advanced setup (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Analog inputs (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Calculated values (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Configuration backup (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Current input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Current input (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Current input 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Current output (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Data logging (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Define access code (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Device information (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Diagnostics (Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Display (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Display (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
I/O configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
I/O configuration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Low flow cut off (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Measured variables (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Partially filled pipe detection (Wizard) . . . . . . . . 117
Pulse/frequency/switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

231

Index

Pulse/frequency/switch output (Wizard). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 105, 109
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (Submenu) 141
Relay output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Relay output 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Relay output 1 to n (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Reset access code (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Select medium (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Sensor adjustment (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Setup (Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Simulation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Status input (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Status input 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
System units (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Totalizer (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Totalizer 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Totalizer handling (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Value current output 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . 140
Web server (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
WLAN Settings (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Zero point adjustment (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Pharmaceutical compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Post-connection check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Post-installation check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Pressure Equipment Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Pressure-temperature ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Process variables
Calculated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Proline 500 – digital transmitter
Connecting the signal cable/supply voltage cable . . 45
Proline 500 connecting cable terminal assignment
Sensor connection housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Proline 500 transmitter
Connecting the signal cable/supply voltage cable . . 51
Protecting parameter settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

RRadio approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
RCM-tick symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Read access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Reading measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Recalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remedial measures
Calling up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
232

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Repair of a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Repairs
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Replacement
Device components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Requirements for personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Rupture disk
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Triggering pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

S

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Sanitary compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
SensorMounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sensor housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 18
Setting the operating language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Settings
Adapting the measuring device to the process
conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Advanced display configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Analog input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Current input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Device reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Device tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
I/O configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Low flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Managing the device configuration . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Operating language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Partial filled pipe detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Pulse/frequency/switch output . . . . . . . . . . 104, 105
Relay output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Resetting the totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Restart device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Totalizer reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Showing data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Software release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Spare part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Special connection instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Special mounting instructions
Sanitary compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Standards and guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Status area
For operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
In the navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Status signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 156
Storage concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Storage conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Storage temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Structure
Measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Submenu
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 129
Advanced setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 119
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Calculated values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Configuration backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Current input 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Device information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Event list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
I/O configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Input values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Measured variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Output values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Process variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . 141
Relay output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Reset access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Status input 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Totalizer 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Totalizer handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Value current output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
WLAN Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Zero point adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Surface roughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Symbols
Controlling data entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
For communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
For diagnostic behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
For locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
For measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
For measurement channel number . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
For menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
For parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
For status signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
For submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Endress+Hauser

Index

For wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
In the status area of the local display . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Input screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
System design
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
see Measuring device design
System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

TTechnical data, overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Temperature range
Ambient temperature range for display . . . . . . . . 219
Medium temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Terminal assignment of connecting cable for Proline
500- digital
Sensor connection housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Tests and certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Text editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Tool tipsee Help text
Tools
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
For mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Totalizer
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Transmitter
Turning the display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Turning the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Transporting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Troubleshooting
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
TSE/BSE Certificate of Suitability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Turning the display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Turning the electronics housing
see Turning the transmitter housing
Turning the transmitter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

U

Use of the measuring device
Borderline cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Incorrect use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
see Designated use
User interface
Current diagnostic event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Previous diagnostic event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
User roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
USP Class VI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

V

Version data for the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vibration- and shock-resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

W

W@M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 192
233

Index

Proline Promass Q 500 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

W@M Device Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 192
WeightSI units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Transport (notes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
US units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
WizardCurrent input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Define access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Partially filled pipe detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pulse/frequency/switch output . . . . . . 104, 105, 109
Relay output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Select medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
WLAN settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Workplace safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Write access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Write protection
Via access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Via block operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Via write protection switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Write protection switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

234

Endress+Hauser

*71506060*
71506060

www.addresses.endress.com